commit 7feceb3f9f1a18693c244f18e30aa9bba39a0cbc Author: vb Date: Wed Jun 25 18:44:58 2014 +0200 initial commit diff --git a/pEpEngine.vcxproj b/pEpEngine.vcxproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4692c798 --- /dev/null +++ b/pEpEngine.vcxproj @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + + + + Debug + Win32 + + + Release + Win32 + + + + {146E69F8-E1DA-456A-B048-6DD29D9ACF6B} + Win32Proj + pEpEngine + + + + DynamicLibrary + true + v120 + Unicode + + + DynamicLibrary + false + v120 + true + Unicode + + + + + + + + + + + + + true + C:\Program Files %28x86%29\GNU\GnuPG\include;$(IncludePath) + true + + + false + C:\Program Files %28x86%29\GNU\GnuPG\include;$(IncludePath) + + + + NotUsing + Level3 + Disabled + WIN32;_DEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;PEPENGINE_EXPORTS;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + true + true + + + Windows + true + + + + + Level3 + NotUsing + MaxSpeed + true + true + WIN32;NDEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;PEPENGINE_EXPORTS;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + false + false + + + Windows + true + true + true + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pEpEngine.vcxproj.filters b/pEpEngine.vcxproj.filters new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef5be579 --- /dev/null +++ b/pEpEngine.vcxproj.filters @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + {4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF} + cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx + + + {93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB} + h;hh;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd + + + {67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01} + rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav;mfcribbon-ms + + + + + Quelldateien + + + Quelldateien + + + Quelldateien + + + Quelldateien + + + + + Headerdateien + + + Headerdateien + + + Headerdateien + + + Headerdateien + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/keymanagement.c b/src/keymanagement.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1c802cb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/keymanagement.c @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +#ifndef WIN32 // UNIX +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200809L +#else +#include "platform_windows.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define _EXPORT_PEP_ENGINE_DLL +#include "pEpEngine.h" +#include "keymanagement.h" + +#ifndef MIN +#define MIN(A, B) ((B) > (A) ? (A) : (B)) +#endif + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS update_identity( + PEP_SESSION session, pEp_identity * identity + ) +{ + pEp_identity *stored_identity; + PEP_STATUS status; + bool bDirty; + + assert(session); + assert(identity); + assert(identity->address); + + status = get_identity(session, identity->address, &stored_identity); + assert(status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + if (status == PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + if (stored_identity) { + if (identity->username == NULL || identity->username[0] == 0) { + free(identity->username); + identity->username = strdup(stored_identity->username); + } + if (identity->user_id == NULL || identity->user_id[0] == 0) { + free(identity->user_id); + identity->user_id = strdup(stored_identity->user_id); + } + if (identity->fpr != NULL && identity->fpr[0] != 0) { + if (strcmp(identity->fpr, stored_identity->fpr) != 0) + identity->comm_type = PEP_ct_unknown; + } + } + else + identity->comm_type = PEP_ct_unknown; + + status = set_identity(session, identity); + + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS outgoing_comm_type( + PEP_SESSION session, + const stringlist_t *addresses, + PEP_comm_type *comm_type + ) +{ + int i; + const stringlist_t *l; + + assert(session); + assert(addresses); + assert(addresses->value); + assert(comm_type); + + *comm_type = PEP_ct_unknown; + + for (l=addresses; l && l->value; l = l->next) { + PEP_STATUS _status; + pEp_identity *identity; + + _status = get_identity(session, l->value, &identity); + assert(_status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + + if (identity == NULL) { + *comm_type = PEP_ct_no_encryption; + return PEP_STATUS_OK; + } + else if (identity->comm_type == PEP_ct_unknown) { + *comm_type = PEP_ct_no_encryption; + free_identity(identity); + return PEP_STATUS_OK; + } + else if (*comm_type == PEP_ct_unknown) { + *comm_type = identity->comm_type; + } + else if (*comm_type != identity->comm_type) { + PEP_comm_type min = MIN(*comm_type, identity->comm_type); + if (min < PEP_ct_unconfirmed_encryption) { + *comm_type = PEP_ct_no_encryption; + free_identity(identity); + return PEP_STATUS_OK; + } + else if (min < PEP_ct_unconfirmed_enc_anon) + *comm_type = PEP_ct_unconfirmed_encryption; + else if (min < PEP_ct_confirmed_encryption) + *comm_type = PEP_ct_unconfirmed_enc_anon; + else if (min < PEP_ct_confirmed_enc_anon) + *comm_type = PEP_ct_confirmed_encryption; + else + *comm_type = PEP_ct_confirmed_enc_anon; + } + + free_identity(identity); + } + + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS myself(PEP_SESSION session, pEp_identity * identity) +{ + PEP_STATUS status; + stringlist_t *keylist; + + assert(session); + assert(identity); + assert(identity->address); + assert(identity->username); + assert(identity->user_id); + + identity->comm_type = PEP_ct_pEp; + identity->me = true; + + pEp_identity *_identity; + + log_event(session, "myself", "debug", identity->address, NULL); + status = get_identity(session, identity->address, &_identity); + assert(status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + if (status == PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + status = find_keys(session, identity->address, &keylist); + assert(status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + if (status == PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + if (keylist == NULL || keylist->value == NULL) { + log_event(session, "generating key pair", "debug", identity->address, NULL); + status = generate_keypair(session, identity); + assert(status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + if (status != PEP_STATUS_OK) { + char buf[11]; + snprintf(buf, 11, "%d", status); + log_event(session, "generating key pair failed", "debug", buf, NULL); + return status; + } + + status = find_keys(session, identity->address, &keylist); + assert(status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + if (status == PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + assert(keylist); + } + + if (identity->fpr) + free(identity->fpr); + identity->fpr = strdup(keylist->value); + assert(identity->fpr); + free_stringlist(keylist); + if (identity->fpr == NULL) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + status = set_identity(session, identity); + assert(status == PEP_STATUS_OK); + + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS do_keymanagement( + retrieve_next_identity_t retrieve_next_identity, + void *management + ) +{ + PEP_SESSION session; + pEp_identity *identity; + PEP_STATUS status = init(&session); + + assert(status == PEP_STATUS_OK); + if (status != PEP_STATUS_OK) + return status; + + log_event(session, "keymanagement thread started", "pEp engine", NULL, NULL); + + while (identity = retrieve_next_identity(management)) { + assert(identity->address); + log_event(session, "do_keymanagement", "debug", identity->address, NULL); + if (identity->me) { + status = myself(session, identity); + assert(status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + } else { + status = recv_key(session, identity->address); + assert(status != PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY); + } + free_identity(identity); + } + + log_event(session, "keymanagement thread shutdown", "pEp engine", NULL, NULL); + + release(session); + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + diff --git a/src/keymanagement.h b/src/keymanagement.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9dda6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/keymanagement.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// update_identity() - update identity information +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session to use +// identity (inout) identity information of communication partner +// +// caveat: +// if this function returns PEP_ct_unknown in identity->comm_type, the +// caller must insert the identity into the asynchronous management +// implementation, so retrieve_next_identity() will return this identity +// later +// at least identity->address must be a valid C string as input + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS update_identity( + PEP_SESSION session, pEp_identity * identity + ); + + +// outgoing_comm_type() - minimum comm_type for a list of addresses +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session to use +// addresses (in) list of addresses +// comm_type (out) comm_type which can be used to communicate with +// addresses + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS outgoing_comm_type( + PEP_SESSION session, + const stringlist_t *addresses, + PEP_comm_type *comm_type + ); + + +// myself() - ensures that the own identity is being complete +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session to use +// identity (inout) identity of local user +// at least .address, .username, .user_id must be set +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK if identity could be completed or was already complete, +// any other value on error +// +// caveat: +// this function generates a keypair on demand; because it's synchronous +// it can need a decent amount of time to return +// if you need to do this asynchronous, you need to return an identity +// with retrieve_next_identity() where pEp_identity.me is true + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS myself(PEP_SESSION session, pEp_identity * identity); + + +// retrieve_next_identity() - callback being called by do_keymanagement() +// +// parameters: +// management (in) data structure to deliver (implementation defined) +// +// return value: +// identity to check or NULL to terminate do_keymanagement() +// if given identity must be created with new_identity() +// the identity struct is going to the ownership of this library +// it must not be freed by the callee +// +// caveat: +// this callback has to block until an identity or NULL can be returned +// an implementation is not provided by this library; instead it has to be +// implemented by the user of this library + +typedef pEp_identity *(*retrieve_next_identity_t)(void *management); + + +// do_keymanagement() - function to be run on an extra thread +// +// parameters: +// retrieve_next_identity pointer to retrieve_next_identity() callback +// which returns at least a valid address field in +// the identity struct +// management management data to give to keymanagement +// (implementation defined) +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK if thread has to terminate successfully or any other +// value on failure +// +// caveat: +// to ensure proper working of this library, a thread has to be started +// with this function immediately after initialization +// do_keymanagement() calls retrieve_next_identity(management) + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS do_keymanagement( + retrieve_next_identity_t retrieve_next_identity, + void *management + ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + diff --git a/src/pEpEngine.c b/src/pEpEngine.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c99bb967 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pEpEngine.c @@ -0,0 +1,1869 @@ +#define PEP_ENGINE_VERSION "0.4.0" + +// this is 20 safewords with 79 chars max +#define MAX_SAFEWORDS_SPACE (20 * 80) + +// XML parameters string +#define PARMS_MAX 32768 + +// maximum busy wait time in ms +#define BUSY_WAIT_TIME 5000 + +// maximum line length for reading gpg.conf +#define MAX_LINELENGTH 1024 + +// default keyserver +#define DEFAULT_KEYSERVER "hkp://keys.gnupg.net" + +#ifdef WIN32 +#include "platform_windows.h" +#define LOCAL_DB windoze_local_db() +#define SYSTEM_DB windoze_system_db() +#define LIBGPGME "libgpgme-11.dll" +#else // UNIX +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200809L +#include +#include "platform_unix.h" +#define LOCAL_DB unix_local_db() +#ifndef SYSTEM_DB +#define SYSTEM_DB "/usr/share/pEp/system.db" +#endif +#ifndef LIBGPGME +#define LIBGPGME "libgpgme-pthread.so" +#endif +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#include +#endif + +#include +#include "sqlite3.h" + +#define _EXPORT_PEP_ENGINE_DLL +#include "pEpEngine.h" + +#define NOT_IMPLEMENTED assert(0) + +// init + +typedef const char * (*gpgme_check_version_t)(const char*); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_set_locale_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, int CATEGORY, + const char *VALUE); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_new_t)(gpgme_ctx_t *CTX); +typedef void (*gpgme_release_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_set_protocol_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_protocol_t PROTO); +typedef void (*gpgme_set_armor_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, int YES); + +// data + +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_data_new_t)(gpgme_data_t *DH); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_data_new_from_mem_t)(gpgme_data_t *DH, + const char *BUFFER, size_t SIZE, int COPY); +typedef void (*gpgme_data_release_t)(gpgme_data_t DH); +typedef gpgme_data_type_t (*gpgme_data_identify_t)(gpgme_data_t DH); +typedef size_t (*gpgme_data_seek_t)(gpgme_data_t DH, size_t OFFSET, + int WHENCE); +typedef size_t (*gpgme_data_read_t)(gpgme_data_t DH, void *BUFFER, + size_t LENGTH); + +// encrypt and decrypt + +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_decrypt_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_data_t CIPHER, gpgme_data_t PLAIN); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_verify_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, gpgme_data_t SIG, + gpgme_data_t SIGNED_TEXT, gpgme_data_t PLAIN); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_decrypt_verify_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_data_t CIPHER, gpgme_data_t PLAIN); +typedef gpgme_decrypt_result_t (*gpgme_op_decrypt_result_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_encrypt_sign_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_key_t RECP[], gpgme_encrypt_flags_t FLAGS, gpgme_data_t PLAIN, + gpgme_data_t CIPHER); +typedef gpgme_verify_result_t (*gpgme_op_verify_result_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX); + +// keys + +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_get_key_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, const char *FPR, + gpgme_key_t *R_KEY, int SECRET); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_genkey_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, const char *PARMS, + gpgme_data_t PUBLIC, gpgme_data_t SECRET); +typedef gpgme_genkey_result_t (*gpgme_op_genkey_result_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_delete_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + const gpgme_key_t KEY, int ALLOW_SECRET); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_import_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_data_t KEYDATA); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_export_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + const char *PATTERN, gpgme_export_mode_t MODE, gpgme_data_t KEYDATA); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_set_keylist_mode_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_keylist_mode_t MODE); +typedef gpgme_keylist_mode_t (*gpgme_get_keylist_mode_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_keylist_start_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + const char *PATTERN, int SECRET_ONLY); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_keylist_next_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_key_t *R_KEY); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_keylist_end_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX); +typedef gpgme_error_t (*gpgme_op_import_keys_t)(gpgme_ctx_t CTX, + gpgme_key_t *KEYS); +typedef void (*gpgme_key_ref_t)(gpgme_key_t KEY); +typedef void (*gpgme_key_unref_t)(gpgme_key_t KEY); + +typedef struct { + const char *version; + const char *passphrase; + void * gpgme; + gpgme_ctx_t ctx; + + sqlite3 *db; + sqlite3 *system_db; + + sqlite3_stmt *log; + sqlite3_stmt *safeword; + sqlite3_stmt *get_identity; + sqlite3_stmt *set_person; + sqlite3_stmt *set_pgp_keypair; + sqlite3_stmt *set_identity; + sqlite3_stmt *set_trust; + + gpgme_check_version_t gpgme_check; + gpgme_set_locale_t gpgme_set_locale; + gpgme_new_t gpgme_new; + gpgme_release_t gpgme_release; + gpgme_set_protocol_t gpgme_set_protocol; + gpgme_set_armor_t gpgme_set_armor; + + gpgme_data_new_t gpgme_data_new; + gpgme_data_new_from_mem_t gpgme_data_new_from_mem; + gpgme_data_release_t gpgme_data_release; + gpgme_data_identify_t gpgme_data_identify; + gpgme_data_seek_t gpgme_data_seek; + gpgme_data_read_t gpgme_data_read; + + gpgme_op_decrypt_t gpgme_op_decrypt; + gpgme_op_verify_t gpgme_op_verify; + gpgme_op_decrypt_verify_t gpgme_op_decrypt_verify; + gpgme_op_decrypt_result_t gpgme_op_decrypt_result; + gpgme_op_encrypt_sign_t gpgme_op_encrypt_sign; + gpgme_op_verify_result_t gpgme_op_verify_result; + + gpgme_get_key_t gpgme_get_key; + gpgme_op_genkey_t gpgme_op_genkey; + gpgme_op_genkey_result_t gpgme_op_genkey_result; + gpgme_op_delete_t gpgme_op_delete; + gpgme_op_import_t gpgme_op_import; + gpgme_op_export_t gpgme_op_export; + gpgme_set_keylist_mode_t gpgme_set_keylist_mode; + gpgme_get_keylist_mode_t gpgme_get_keylist_mode; + gpgme_op_keylist_start_t gpgme_op_keylist_start; + gpgme_op_keylist_next_t gpgme_op_keylist_next; + gpgme_op_keylist_end_t gpgme_op_keylist_end; + gpgme_op_import_keys_t gpgme_op_import_keys; + gpgme_key_ref_t gpgme_key_ref; + gpgme_key_unref_t gpgme_key_unref; +} pEpSession; + +static bool ensure_keyserver() +{ + static char buf[MAX_LINELENGTH]; + int n; + FILE *f = fopen(gpg_conf(), "r"); + + if (f != NULL) { + while (!feof(f)) { + char * s = fgets(buf, MAX_LINELENGTH, f); + if (s && !feof(f)) { + char * t = strtok(s, " "); + if (t && strcmp(t, "keyserver") == 0) + { + fclose(f); + return true; + } + } + } + f = freopen(gpg_conf(), "a", f); + } + else { + f = fopen(gpg_conf(), "w"); + } + + assert(f); + if (f == NULL) + return false; + + n = fprintf(f, "keyserver %s\n", DEFAULT_KEYSERVER); + assert(n >= 0); + fclose(f); + + return true; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS init(PEP_SESSION *session) +{ + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + int int_result; + const char *sql_log; + const char *sql_safeword; + const char *sql_get_identity; + const char *sql_set_person; + const char *sql_set_pgp_keypair; + const char *sql_set_identity; + const char *sql_set_trust; + bool bResult; + + assert(sqlite3_threadsafe()); + if (!sqlite3_threadsafe()) + return PEP_INIT_SQLITE3_WITHOUT_MUTEX; + + assert(session); + *session = NULL; + + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) calloc(1, sizeof(pEpSession)); + assert(_session); + if (_session == NULL) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + _session->version = PEP_ENGINE_VERSION; + + bResult = ensure_keyserver(); + assert(bResult); + + // to do: implement something useful + _session->passphrase = ""; + + _session->gpgme = dlopen(LIBGPGME, RTLD_LAZY); + if (_session->gpgme == NULL) { + free(_session); + return PEP_INIT_CANNOT_LOAD_GPGME; + } + + _session->gpgme_set_locale + = (gpgme_set_locale_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_set_locale"); + assert(_session->gpgme_set_locale); + + _session->gpgme_check + = (gpgme_check_version_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_check_version"); + assert(_session->gpgme_check); + + _session->gpgme_new + = (gpgme_new_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_new"); + assert(_session->gpgme_new); + + _session->gpgme_release + = (gpgme_release_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_release"); + assert(_session->gpgme_release); + + _session->gpgme_set_protocol + = (gpgme_set_protocol_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_set_protocol"); + assert(_session->gpgme_set_protocol); + + _session->gpgme_set_armor + = (gpgme_set_armor_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_set_armor"); + assert(_session->gpgme_set_armor); + + _session->gpgme_data_new + = (gpgme_data_new_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_data_new"); + assert(_session->gpgme_data_new); + + _session->gpgme_data_new_from_mem + = (gpgme_data_new_from_mem_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_data_new_from_mem"); + assert(_session->gpgme_data_new_from_mem); + + _session->gpgme_data_release + = (gpgme_data_release_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_data_release"); + assert(_session->gpgme_data_release); + + _session->gpgme_data_identify + = (gpgme_data_identify_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_data_identify"); + assert(_session->gpgme_data_identify); + + _session->gpgme_data_seek + = (gpgme_data_seek_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_data_seek"); + assert(_session->gpgme_data_seek); + + _session->gpgme_data_read + = (gpgme_data_read_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_data_read"); + assert(_session->gpgme_data_read); + + _session->gpgme_op_decrypt + = (gpgme_op_decrypt_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_decrypt"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_decrypt); + + _session->gpgme_op_verify + = (gpgme_op_verify_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_verify"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_verify); + + _session->gpgme_op_decrypt_verify + = (gpgme_op_decrypt_verify_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_decrypt_verify"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_decrypt_verify); + + _session->gpgme_op_decrypt_result + = (gpgme_op_decrypt_result_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_decrypt_result"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_decrypt_result); + + _session->gpgme_op_encrypt_sign + = (gpgme_op_encrypt_sign_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_encrypt_sign"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_encrypt_sign); + + _session->gpgme_op_verify_result + = (gpgme_op_verify_result_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_verify_result"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_verify_result); + + _session->gpgme_get_key + = (gpgme_get_key_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_get_key"); + assert(_session->gpgme_get_key); + + _session->gpgme_op_genkey + = (gpgme_op_genkey_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_genkey"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_genkey); + + _session->gpgme_op_genkey_result + = (gpgme_op_genkey_result_t) (intptr_t) dlsym(_session->gpgme, + "gpgme_op_genkey_result"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_genkey_result); + + _session->gpgme_op_delete = (gpgme_op_delete_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_op_delete"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_delete); + + _session->gpgme_op_import = (gpgme_op_import_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_op_import"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_import); + + _session->gpgme_op_export = (gpgme_op_export_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_op_export"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_export); + + _session->gpgme_set_keylist_mode = (gpgme_set_keylist_mode_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_set_keylist_mode"); + assert(_session->gpgme_set_keylist_mode); + + _session->gpgme_get_keylist_mode = (gpgme_get_keylist_mode_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_get_keylist_mode"); + assert(_session->gpgme_get_keylist_mode); + + _session->gpgme_op_keylist_start = (gpgme_op_keylist_start_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_op_keylist_start"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_keylist_start); + + _session->gpgme_op_keylist_next = (gpgme_op_keylist_next_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_op_keylist_next"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_keylist_next); + + _session->gpgme_op_keylist_end = (gpgme_op_keylist_end_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_op_keylist_end"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_keylist_end); + + _session->gpgme_op_import_keys = (gpgme_op_import_keys_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_op_import_keys"); + assert(_session->gpgme_op_import_keys); + + _session->gpgme_key_ref = (gpgme_key_ref_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_key_ref"); + assert(_session->gpgme_key_ref); + + _session->gpgme_key_unref = (gpgme_key_unref_t) (intptr_t) + dlsym(_session->gpgme, "gpgme_key_unref"); + assert(_session->gpgme_key_unref); + + setlocale(LC_ALL, ""); + _session->version = _session->gpgme_check(NULL); + _session->gpgme_set_locale(NULL, LC_CTYPE, setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL)); + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_new(&_session->ctx); + if (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) { + dlclose(_session->gpgme); + free(_session); + return PEP_INIT_GPGME_INIT_FAILED; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_set_protocol(_session->ctx, + GPGME_PROTOCOL_OpenPGP); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); + + _session->gpgme_set_armor(_session->ctx, 1); + + assert(LOCAL_DB); + if (LOCAL_DB == NULL) { + _session->gpgme_release(_session->ctx); + dlclose(_session->gpgme); + free(_session); + return PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_DB; + } + + int_result = sqlite3_open_v2( + LOCAL_DB, + &_session->db, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE + | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX + | SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, + NULL + ); + + if (int_result != SQLITE_OK) { + sqlite3_close_v2(_session->db); + _session->gpgme_release(_session->ctx); + dlclose(_session->gpgme); + free(_session); + return PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_DB; + } + + sqlite3_busy_timeout(_session->db, BUSY_WAIT_TIME); + + assert(SYSTEM_DB); + if (SYSTEM_DB == NULL) { + sqlite3_close_v2(_session->db); + _session->gpgme_release(_session->ctx); + dlclose(_session->gpgme); + free(_session); + return PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_SYSTEM_DB; + } + + int_result = sqlite3_open_v2( + SYSTEM_DB, &_session->system_db, + SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY + | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX + | SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, + NULL + ); + + if (int_result != SQLITE_OK) { + sqlite3_close_v2(_session->system_db); + sqlite3_close_v2(_session->db); + _session->gpgme_release(_session->ctx); + dlclose(_session->gpgme); + free(_session); + return PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_SYSTEM_DB; + } + + sqlite3_busy_timeout(_session->system_db, 1000); + + int_result = sqlite3_exec( + _session->db, + "create table if not exists version_info (" + " id integer primary key," + " timestamp integer default (datetime('now')) ," + " version text," + " comment text" + ");" + "create table if not exists log (" + " timestamp integer default (datetime('now')) ," + " title text not null," + " entity text not null," + " description text," + " comment text" + ");" + "create index if not exists log_timestamp on log (" + " timestamp" + ");" + "create table if not exists pgp_keypair (" + " fpr text primary key," + " public_id text unique," + " private_id text," + " created integer," + " expires integer," + " comment text" + ");" + "create index if not exists pgp_keypair_expires on pgp_keypair (" + " expires" + ");" + "create table if not exists person (" + " id text primary key," + " username text not null," + " main_key_id text" + " references pgp_keypair (fpr)" + " on delete set null," + " lang text," + " comment text" + ");" + "create table if not exists identity (" + " address text primary key," + " user_id text" + " references person (id)" + " on delete cascade," + " main_key_id text" + " references pgp_keypair (fpr)" + " on delete set null," + " comment text" + ");" + "create table if not exists trust (" + " user_id text not null" + " references person (id)" + " on delete cascade," + " pgp_keypair_fpr text not null" + " references pgp_keypair (fpr)" + " on delete cascade," + " comm_type integer not null," + " comment text" + ");" + "create unique index if not exists trust_index on trust (" + " user_id," + " pgp_keypair_fpr" + ");", + NULL, + NULL, + NULL + ); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + + int_result = sqlite3_exec( + _session->db, + "insert or replace into version_info (id, version) values (1, '1.0');", + NULL, + NULL, + NULL + ); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + + sql_log = "insert into log (title, entity, description, comment)" + "values (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4);"; + int_result = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_session->db, sql_log, strlen(sql_log), + &_session->log, NULL); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + + sql_safeword = "select id, word from wordlist where lang = lower(?1)" + "and id = ?2 ;"; + int_result = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_session->system_db, sql_safeword, + strlen(sql_safeword), &_session->safeword, NULL); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + + sql_get_identity = "select fpr, identity.user_id, username, comm_type, lang" + " from identity" + " join person on id = identity.user_id" + " join pgp_keypair on fpr = identity.main_key_id" + " join trust on id = trust.user_id" + " and pgp_keypair_fpr = identity.main_key_id" + " where address = ?1 ;"; + + int_result = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_session->db, sql_get_identity, + strlen(sql_get_identity), &_session->get_identity, NULL); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + + sql_set_person = "insert or replace into person (id, username, lang)" + "values (?1, ?2, ?3) ;"; + sql_set_pgp_keypair = "insert or replace into pgp_keypair (fpr)" + "values (?1) ;"; + sql_set_identity = "insert or replace into identity (address, main_key_id," + "user_id) values (?1, ?2, ?3) ;"; + sql_set_trust = "insert or replace into trust (user_id, pgp_keypair_fpr, comm_type)" + "values (?1, ?2, ?3) ;"; + + int_result = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_session->db, sql_set_person, + strlen(sql_set_person), &_session->set_person, NULL); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + int_result = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_session->db, sql_set_pgp_keypair, + strlen(sql_set_pgp_keypair), &_session->set_pgp_keypair, NULL); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + int_result = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_session->db, sql_set_identity, + strlen(sql_set_identity), &_session->set_identity, NULL); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + int_result = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_session->db, sql_set_trust, + strlen(sql_set_trust), &_session->set_trust, NULL); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_OK); + + sqlite3_reset(_session->log); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->log, 1, "init", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->log, 2, "pEp " PEP_ENGINE_VERSION, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + do { + int_result = sqlite3_step(_session->log); + assert(int_result == SQLITE_DONE || int_result == SQLITE_BUSY); + } while (int_result == SQLITE_BUSY); + sqlite3_reset(_session->log); + + *session = (void *) _session; + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +DYNAMIC_API void release(PEP_SESSION session) +{ + assert(session); + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + + if (_session) { + if (_session->db) { + sqlite3_finalize(_session->safeword); + sqlite3_finalize(_session->log); + sqlite3_finalize(_session->get_identity); + sqlite3_finalize(_session->set_identity); + sqlite3_close_v2(_session->db); + sqlite3_close_v2(_session->system_db); + } + if (_session->ctx) + _session->gpgme_release(_session->ctx); + dlclose(_session->gpgme); + } + free(_session); +} + +stringlist_t *new_stringlist(const char *value) +{ + stringlist_t *result = (stringlist_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(stringlist_t)); + if (result && value) { + result->value = strdup(value); + assert(result->value); + if (result->value == 0) { + free(result); + return NULL; + } + } + return result; +} + +stringlist_t *stringlist_add(stringlist_t *stringlist, const char *value) +{ + assert(value); + + if (stringlist == NULL) + return new_stringlist(value); + + if (stringlist->next != NULL) + return stringlist_add(stringlist->next, value); + + if (stringlist->value == NULL) { + stringlist->value = strdup(value); + assert(stringlist->value); + if (stringlist->value == NULL) + return NULL; + return stringlist; + } + + stringlist->next = new_stringlist(value); + assert(stringlist->next); + if (stringlist->next == NULL) + return NULL; + + return stringlist->next; +} + +int stringlist_length(const stringlist_t *stringlist) +{ + int len = 1; + stringlist_t *_stringlist; + + assert(stringlist); + + if (stringlist->value == NULL) + return 0; + + for (_stringlist=stringlist->next; _stringlist!=NULL; _stringlist=_stringlist->next) + len += 1; + + return len; +} + +void free_stringlist(stringlist_t *stringlist) +{ + if (stringlist) { + free_stringlist(stringlist->next); + free(stringlist->value); + free(stringlist); + } +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS decrypt_and_verify( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *ctext, size_t csize, + char **ptext, size_t *psize, stringlist_t **keylist + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + + PEP_STATUS result; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_data_t cipher, plain; + gpgme_data_type_t dt; + + stringlist_t *_keylist = NULL; + int i_key = 0; + + assert(_session); + assert(ctext); + assert(csize); + assert(ptext); + assert(psize); + assert(keylist); + + *ptext = NULL; + *psize = 0; + *keylist = NULL; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new_from_mem(&cipher, ctext, csize, 0); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); + if (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) { + if (gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_ENOMEM) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + else + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new(&plain); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); + if (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + if (gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_ENOMEM) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + else + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + dt = _session->gpgme_data_identify(cipher); + switch (dt) { + case GPGME_DATA_TYPE_PGP_SIGNED: + case GPGME_DATA_TYPE_PGP_OTHER: + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_decrypt_verify(_session->ctx, cipher, + plain); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_DATA); + + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + { + gpgme_verify_result_t gpgme_verify_result; + char *_buffer = NULL; + size_t reading; + size_t length = _session->gpgme_data_seek(plain, 0, SEEK_END); + gpgme_signature_t gpgme_signature; + + assert(length != -1); + _session->gpgme_data_seek(plain, 0, SEEK_SET); + + // TODO: make things less memory consuming + // the following algorithm allocates memory for the complete + // text + + _buffer = malloc(length + 1); + assert(_buffer); + if (_buffer == NULL) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + + reading = _session->gpgme_data_read(plain, _buffer, length); + assert(length == reading); + + gpgme_verify_result = + _session->gpgme_op_verify_result(_session->ctx); + assert(gpgme_verify_result); + gpgme_signature = gpgme_verify_result->signatures; + + if (gpgme_signature) { + stringlist_t *k; + _keylist = new_stringlist(NULL); + assert(_keylist); + if (_keylist == NULL) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + free(_buffer); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + k = _keylist; + + result = PEP_DECRYPTED_AND_VERIFIED; + do { + switch (gpgme_signature->status) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + k = stringlist_add(k, gpgme_signature->fpr); + break; + case GPG_ERR_CERT_REVOKED: + case GPG_ERR_BAD_SIGNATURE: + result = PEP_DECRYPT_SIGNATURE_DOES_NOT_MATCH; + break; + case GPG_ERR_SIG_EXPIRED: + case GPG_ERR_KEY_EXPIRED: + case GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY: + k = stringlist_add(k, gpgme_signature->fpr); + if (result == PEP_DECRYPTED_AND_VERIFIED) + result = PEP_DECRYPTED; + break; + case GPG_ERR_GENERAL: + break; + default: + if (result == PEP_DECRYPTED_AND_VERIFIED) + result = PEP_DECRYPTED; + break; + } + } while ((gpgme_signature = gpgme_signature->next)); + } else { + result = PEP_DECRYPTED; + } + + if (result == PEP_DECRYPTED_AND_VERIFIED + || result == PEP_DECRYPTED) { + *ptext = _buffer; + *psize = reading; + (*ptext)[*psize] = 0; // safeguard for naive users + *keylist = _keylist; + } + else { + free_stringlist(_keylist); + free(_buffer); + } + break; + } + case GPG_ERR_DECRYPT_FAILED: + result = PEP_DECRYPT_WRONG_FORMAT; + break; + case GPG_ERR_BAD_PASSPHRASE: + NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + default: + result = PEP_CANNOT_DECRYPT_UNKNOWN; + } + break; + + default: + result = PEP_DECRYPT_WRONG_FORMAT; + } + + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return result; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS verify_text( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *text, size_t size, + const char *signature, size_t sig_size, stringlist_t **keylist + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + + PEP_STATUS result; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_data_t d_text, d_sig; + stringlist_t *_keylist; + + assert(session); + assert(text); + assert(size); + assert(signature); + assert(sig_size); + assert(keylist); + + *keylist = NULL; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new_from_mem(&d_text, text, size, 0); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); + if (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) { + if (gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_ENOMEM) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + else + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new_from_mem(&d_sig, signature, sig_size, 0); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); + if (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(d_text); + if (gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_ENOMEM) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + else + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_verify(_session->ctx, d_sig, d_text, NULL); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE); + + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + { + gpgme_verify_result_t gpgme_verify_result; + gpgme_signature_t gpgme_signature; + + gpgme_verify_result = + _session->gpgme_op_verify_result(_session->ctx); + assert(gpgme_verify_result); + gpgme_signature = gpgme_verify_result->signatures; + + if (gpgme_signature) { + stringlist_t *k; + _keylist = new_stringlist(NULL); + assert(_keylist); + if (_keylist == NULL) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(d_text); + _session->gpgme_data_release(d_sig); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + k = _keylist; + + result = PEP_VERIFIED; + do { + k = stringlist_add(k, gpgme_signature->fpr); + if (k == NULL) { + free_stringlist(_keylist); + _session->gpgme_data_release(d_text); + _session->gpgme_data_release(d_sig); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + if (gpgme_signature->summary & GPGME_SIGSUM_RED) { + if (gpgme_signature->summary & GPGME_SIGSUM_KEY_EXPIRED + || gpgme_signature->summary & GPGME_SIGSUM_SIG_EXPIRED) { + if (result == PEP_VERIFIED + || result == PEP_VERIFIED_AND_TRUSTED) + result = PEP_UNENCRYPTED; + } + else { + result = PEP_DECRYPT_SIGNATURE_DOES_NOT_MATCH; + break; + } + } + else { + if (gpgme_signature->summary & GPGME_SIGSUM_VALID) { + if (result == PEP_VERIFIED) + result = PEP_VERIFIED_AND_TRUSTED; + } + if (gpgme_signature->summary & GPGME_SIGSUM_GREEN) { + // good + } + else if (gpgme_signature->summary & GPGME_SIGSUM_KEY_MISSING) { + result = PEP_VERIFY_NO_KEY; + } + else if (gpgme_signature->summary & GPGME_SIGSUM_SYS_ERROR) { + if (result == PEP_VERIFIED + || result == PEP_VERIFIED_AND_TRUSTED) + result = PEP_UNENCRYPTED; + } + else { + // do nothing + } + } + } while ((gpgme_signature = gpgme_signature->next)); + *keylist = _keylist; + } else { + result = PEP_UNENCRYPTED; + } + break; + } + break; + case GPG_ERR_NO_DATA: + result = PEP_DECRYPT_WRONG_FORMAT; + break; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + default: + result = PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + break; + } + + _session->gpgme_data_release(d_text); + _session->gpgme_data_release(d_sig); + + return result; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS encrypt_and_sign( + PEP_SESSION session, const stringlist_t *keylist, const char *ptext, + size_t psize, char **ctext, size_t *csize + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + + PEP_STATUS result; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_data_t plain, cipher; + gpgme_key_t *rcpt; + gpgme_encrypt_flags_t flags; + const stringlist_t *_keylist; + int i, j; + + assert(_session); + assert(keylist); + assert(ptext); + assert(psize); + assert(ctext); + assert(csize); + + *ctext = NULL; + *csize = 0; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new_from_mem(&plain, ptext, psize, 0); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); + if (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) { + if (gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_ENOMEM) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + else + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new(&cipher); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); + if (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + if (gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_ENOMEM) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + else + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + rcpt = (gpgme_key_t *) calloc(stringlist_length(keylist) + 1, + sizeof(gpgme_key_t)); + assert(rcpt); + if (rcpt == NULL) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + + for (_keylist=keylist, i=0; _keylist!=NULL; _keylist=_keylist->next, i++) { + assert(_keylist->value); + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_get_key(_session->ctx, _keylist->value, + &rcpt[i], 0); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_ENOMEM); + + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_ENOMEM: + for (j=0; jgpgme_key_unref(rcpt[j]); + free(rcpt); + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_EOF: + for (j=0; jgpgme_key_unref(rcpt[j]); + free(rcpt); + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND; + case GPG_ERR_AMBIGUOUS_NAME: + for (j=0; jgpgme_key_unref(rcpt[j]); + free(rcpt); + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return PEP_KEY_HAS_AMBIG_NAME; + default: // GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE if CTX or R_KEY is not a valid pointer or + // FPR is not a fingerprint or key ID + for (j=0; jgpgme_key_unref(rcpt[j]); + free(rcpt); + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return PEP_GET_KEY_FAILED; + } + } + + // TODO: remove that and replace with proper key management + flags = GPGME_ENCRYPT_ALWAYS_TRUST; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_encrypt_sign(_session->ctx, rcpt, flags, + plain, cipher); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + { + char *_buffer = NULL; + size_t reading; + size_t length = _session->gpgme_data_seek(cipher, 0, SEEK_END); + assert(length != -1); + _session->gpgme_data_seek(cipher, 0, SEEK_SET); + + // TODO: make things less memory consuming + // the following algorithm allocates a buffer for the complete text + + _buffer = (char *) malloc(length + 1); + assert(_buffer); + if (_buffer == NULL) { + for (j=0; jgpgme_key_unref(rcpt[j]); + free(rcpt); + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + + reading = _session->gpgme_data_read(cipher, _buffer, length); + assert(length == reading); + + *ctext = _buffer; + *csize = reading; + (*ctext)[*csize] = 0; // safeguard for naive users + result = PEP_STATUS_OK; + break; + } + default: + result = PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + for (j=0; jgpgme_key_unref(rcpt[j]); + free(rcpt); + _session->gpgme_data_release(plain); + _session->gpgme_data_release(cipher); + return result; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS log_event( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *title, const char *entity, + const char *description, const char *comment + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + PEP_STATUS status = PEP_STATUS_OK; + int result; + + assert(_session); + assert(title); + assert(entity); + + sqlite3_reset(_session->log); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->log, 1, title, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->log, 2, entity, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if (description) + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->log, 3, description, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + else + sqlite3_bind_null(_session->log, 3); + if (comment) + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->log, 4, comment, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + else + sqlite3_bind_null(_session->log, 4); + do { + result = sqlite3_step(_session->log); + assert(result == SQLITE_DONE || result == SQLITE_BUSY); + if (result != SQLITE_DONE && result != SQLITE_BUSY) + status = PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } while (result == SQLITE_BUSY); + sqlite3_reset(_session->log); + + return status; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS safeword( + PEP_SESSION session, uint16_t value, const char *lang, + char **word, size_t *wsize + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + PEP_STATUS status = PEP_STATUS_OK; + int result; + + assert(_session); + assert(word); + assert(wsize); + + *word = NULL; + *wsize = 0; + + if (lang == NULL) + lang = "en"; + + assert((lang[0] >= 'A' && lang[0] <= 'Z') + || (lang[0] >= 'a' && lang[0] <= 'z')); + assert((lang[1] >= 'A' && lang[1] <= 'Z') + || (lang[1] >= 'a' && lang[1] <= 'z')); + assert(lang[2] == 0); + + sqlite3_reset(_session->safeword); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->safeword, 1, lang, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_int(_session->safeword, 2, value); + + result = sqlite3_step(_session->safeword); + if (result == SQLITE_ROW) { + *word = strdup((const char *) sqlite3_column_text(_session->safeword, + 1)); + if (*word) + *wsize = sqlite3_column_bytes(_session->safeword, 1); + else + status = PEP_SAFEWORD_NOT_FOUND; + } else + status = PEP_SAFEWORD_NOT_FOUND; + + sqlite3_reset(_session->safeword); + return status; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS safewords( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *fingerprint, const char *lang, + char **words, size_t *wsize, int max_words + ) +{ + const char *source = fingerprint; + char *buffer = calloc(1, MAX_SAFEWORDS_SPACE); + char *dest = buffer; + size_t fsize; + PEP_STATUS _status; + + assert(session); + assert(fingerprint); + assert(words); + assert(wsize); + assert(max_words >= 0); + + *words = NULL; + *wsize = 0; + + assert(buffer); + if (buffer == NULL) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + fsize = strlen(fingerprint); + + if (lang == NULL) + lang = "en"; + + assert((lang[0] >= 'A' && lang[0] <= 'Z') + || (lang[0] >= 'a' && lang[0] <= 'z')); + assert((lang[1] >= 'A' && lang[1] <= 'Z') + || (lang[1] >= 'a' && lang[1] <= 'z')); + assert(lang[2] == 0); + + int n_words = 0; + while (source < fingerprint + fsize) { + uint16_t value; + char *word; + size_t _wsize; + int j; + + for (value=0, j=0; j < 4 && source < fingerprint + fsize; ) { + if (*source >= 'a' && *source <= 'f') + value += (*source - 'a' + 10) << (3 - j++) * 4; + else if (*source >= 'A' && *source <= 'F') + value += (*source - 'A' + 10) << (3 - j++) * 4; + else if (*source >= '0' && *source <= '9') + value += (*source - '0') << (3 - j++) * 4; + + source++; + } + + _status = safeword(session, value, lang, &word, &_wsize); + if (_status == PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY) { + free(buffer); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + if (word == NULL) { + free(buffer); + return PEP_SAFEWORD_NOT_FOUND; + } + + if (dest + _wsize < buffer + MAX_SAFEWORDS_SPACE - 1) { + strncpy(dest, word, _wsize); + free(word); + dest += _wsize; + } + else { + free(word); + break; // buffer full + } + + if (source < fingerprint + fsize + && dest + _wsize < buffer + MAX_SAFEWORDS_SPACE - 1) + *dest++ = ' '; + + ++n_words; + if (max_words && n_words >= max_words) + break; + } + + *words = buffer; + *wsize = dest - buffer; + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +pEp_identity *new_identity( + const char *address, const char *fpr, const char *user_id, + const char *username + ) +{ + pEp_identity *result = calloc(1, sizeof(pEp_identity)); + assert(result); + if (result) { + if (address) { + result->address = strdup(address); + assert(result->address); + if (result->address == NULL) { + free(result); + return NULL; + } + result->address_size = strlen(address); + } + if (fpr) { + result->fpr = strdup(fpr); + assert(result->fpr); + if (result->fpr == NULL) { + free_identity(result); + return NULL; + } + result->fpr_size = strlen(fpr); + } + if (user_id) { + result->user_id = strdup(user_id); + assert(result->user_id); + if (result->user_id == NULL) { + free_identity(result); + return NULL; + } + result->user_id_size = strlen(user_id); + } + if (username) { + result->username = strdup(username); + assert(result->username); + if (result->username == NULL) { + free_identity(result); + return NULL; + } + result->username_size = strlen(username); + } + result->struct_size = sizeof(pEp_identity); + } + return result; +} + +void free_identity(pEp_identity *identity) +{ + if (identity) { + free(identity->address); + free(identity->fpr); + free(identity->user_id); + free(identity->username); + free(identity); + } +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS get_identity( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *address, + pEp_identity **identity + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + PEP_STATUS status = PEP_STATUS_OK; + static pEp_identity *_identity; + int result; + const char *_lang; + + assert(session); + assert(address); + + sqlite3_reset(_session->get_identity); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->get_identity, 1, address, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + + result = sqlite3_step(_session->get_identity); + switch (result) { + case SQLITE_ROW: + _identity = new_identity( + address, + (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(_session->get_identity, 0), + (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(_session->get_identity, 1), + (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(_session->get_identity, 2) + ); + assert(_identity); + if (_identity == NULL) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + _identity->comm_type = (PEP_comm_type) sqlite3_column_int(_session->get_identity, 3); + _lang = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(_session->get_identity, 4); + if (_lang && _lang[0]) { + assert(_lang[0] >= 'a' && _lang[0] <= 'z'); + assert(_lang[1] >= 'a' && _lang[1] <= 'z'); + assert(_lang[2] == 0); + _identity->lang[0] = _lang[0]; + _identity->lang[1] = _lang[1]; + _identity->lang[2] = 0; + } + *identity = _identity; + break; + default: + status = PEP_CANNOT_FIND_IDENTITY; + *identity = NULL; + } + + sqlite3_reset(_session->get_identity); + return status; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS set_identity( + PEP_SESSION session, const pEp_identity *identity + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + int result; + + assert(session); + assert(identity); + assert(identity->address); + assert(identity->fpr); + assert(identity->user_id); + assert(identity->username); + + sqlite3_exec(_session->db, "BEGIN ;", NULL, NULL, NULL); + + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_person); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_person, 1, identity->user_id, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_person, 2, identity->username, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + if (identity->lang[0]) + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_person, 3, identity->lang, 1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + else + sqlite3_bind_null(_session->set_person, 3); + result = sqlite3_step(_session->set_person); + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_person); + if (result != SQLITE_DONE) { + sqlite3_exec(_session->db, "ROLLBACK ;", NULL, NULL, NULL); + return PEP_CANNOT_SET_PERSON; + } + + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_pgp_keypair); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_pgp_keypair, 1, identity->fpr, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + result = sqlite3_step(_session->set_pgp_keypair); + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_pgp_keypair); + if (result != SQLITE_DONE) { + sqlite3_exec(_session->db, "ROLLBACK ;", NULL, NULL, NULL); + return PEP_CANNOT_SET_PGP_KEYPAIR; + } + + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_identity); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_identity, 1, identity->address, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_identity, 2, identity->fpr, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_identity, 3, identity->user_id, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + result = sqlite3_step(_session->set_identity); + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_identity); + if (result != SQLITE_DONE) { + sqlite3_exec(_session->db, "ROLLBACK ;", NULL, NULL, NULL); + return PEP_CANNOT_SET_IDENTITY; + } + + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_trust); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_trust, 1, identity->user_id, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_text(_session->set_trust, 2, identity->fpr, -1, + SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_int(_session->set_trust, 3, identity->comm_type); + result = sqlite3_step(_session->set_trust); + sqlite3_reset(_session->set_trust); + if (result != SQLITE_DONE) { + sqlite3_exec(_session->db, "ROLLBACK ;", NULL, NULL, NULL); + return PEP_CANNOT_SET_IDENTITY; + } + + result = sqlite3_exec(_session->db, "COMMIT ;", NULL, NULL, NULL); + if (result == SQLITE_OK) + return PEP_STATUS_OK; + else + return PEP_COMMIT_FAILED; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS generate_keypair( + PEP_SESSION session, pEp_identity *identity + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + char *parms; + const char *template = + "\n" + "Key-Type: RSA\n" + "Key-Length: 4096\n" + "Name-Real: %s\n" + "Name-Email: %s\n" + /* "Passphrase: %s\n" */ + "Expire-Date: 1y\n" + "\n"; + int result; + gpgme_genkey_result_t gpgme_genkey_result; + + assert(session); + assert(identity); + assert(identity->address); + assert(identity->fpr == NULL); + assert(identity->username); + + parms = calloc(1, PARMS_MAX); + assert(parms); + if (parms == NULL) + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + + result = snprintf(parms, PARMS_MAX, template, identity->username, + identity->address); // , _session->passphrase); + assert(result < PARMS_MAX); + if (result >= PARMS_MAX) { + free(parms); + return PEP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_genkey(_session->ctx, parms, NULL, NULL); + free(parms); + + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + return PEP_ILLEGAL_VALUE; + case GPG_ERR_GENERAL: + return PEP_CANNOT_CREATE_KEY; + default: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_genkey_result = _session->gpgme_op_genkey_result(_session->ctx); + assert(gpgme_genkey_result); + assert(gpgme_genkey_result->fpr); + + identity->fpr = strdup(gpgme_genkey_result->fpr); + + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +PEP_STATUS delete_keypair(PEP_SESSION session, const char *fpr) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_key_t key; + + assert(session); + assert(fpr); + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_get_key(_session->ctx, fpr, &key, 0); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_ENOMEM); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_EOF: + return PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + return PEP_ILLEGAL_VALUE; + case GPG_ERR_AMBIGUOUS_NAME: + return PEP_KEY_HAS_AMBIG_NAME; + case GPG_ERR_ENOMEM: + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + default: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_delete(_session->ctx, key, 1); + _session->gpgme_key_unref(key); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + case GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY: + assert(0); + return PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND; + case GPG_ERR_AMBIGUOUS_NAME: + assert(0); + return PEP_KEY_HAS_AMBIG_NAME; + default: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +PEP_STATUS import_key(PEP_SESSION session, const char *key_data, size_t size) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_data_t dh; + + assert(session); + assert(key_data); + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new_from_mem(&dh, key_data, size, 0); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_ENOMEM); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_ENOMEM: + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + default: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_import(_session->ctx, dh); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + assert(0); + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + case GPG_ERR_NO_DATA: + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_ILLEGAL_VALUE; + default: + assert(0); + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +PEP_STATUS export_key( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *fpr, char **key_data, size_t *size + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_data_t dh; + size_t _size; + char *buffer; + int reading; + + assert(session); + assert(fpr); + assert(key_data); + assert(size); + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_data_new(&dh); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_ENOMEM); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_ENOMEM: + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + default: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + } + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_export(_session->ctx, fpr, + GPGME_EXPORT_MODE_MINIMAL, dh); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_EOF: + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + assert(0); + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + default: + assert(0); + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + }; + + _size = _session->gpgme_data_seek(dh, 0, SEEK_END); + assert(_size != -1); + _session->gpgme_data_seek(dh, 0, SEEK_SET); + + buffer = malloc(_size + 1); + assert(buffer); + if (buffer == NULL) { + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + } + + reading = _session->gpgme_data_read(dh, buffer, _size); + assert(_size == reading); + + // safeguard for the naive user + buffer[_size] = 0; + + *key_data = buffer; + *size = _size; + + _session->gpgme_data_release(dh); + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +static void _switch_mode(pEpSession *_session, gpgme_keylist_mode_t remove_mode, + gpgme_keylist_mode_t add_mode) +{ + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_keylist_mode_t mode; + + mode = _session->gpgme_get_keylist_mode(_session->ctx); + + mode &= ~remove_mode; + mode |= add_mode; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_set_keylist_mode(_session->ctx, mode); + assert(gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR); +} + +PEP_STATUS recv_key(PEP_SESSION session, const char *pattern) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_key_t key; + + assert(session); + assert(pattern); + + _switch_mode(_session, GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_LOCAL, GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_EXTERN); + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_keylist_start(_session->ctx, pattern, 0); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + assert(0); + _switch_mode(_session, GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_EXTERN, + GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_LOCAL); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + default: + _switch_mode(_session, GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_EXTERN, + GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_LOCAL); + return PEP_GET_KEY_FAILED; + }; + + do { + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_keylist_next(_session->ctx, &key); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_EOF: + break; + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + { + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_key_t keys[2]; + + keys[0] = key; + keys[1] = NULL; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_import_keys(_session->ctx, keys); + _session->gpgme_key_unref(key); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_CONFLICT); + } + break; + case GPG_ERR_ENOMEM: + _switch_mode(_session, GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_EXTERN, + GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_LOCAL); + _session->gpgme_op_keylist_end(_session->ctx); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + default: + // BUG: GPGME returns an illegal value instead of GPG_ERR_EOF after + // reading first key +#ifndef NDEBUG + fprintf(stderr, "warning: unknown result 0x%x of" + " gpgme_op_keylist_next()\n", gpgme_error); +#endif + gpgme_error = GPG_ERR_EOF; + break; + }; + } while (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_EOF); + + _session->gpgme_op_keylist_end(_session->ctx); + _switch_mode(_session, GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_EXTERN, + GPGME_KEYLIST_MODE_LOCAL); + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS find_keys( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *pattern, stringlist_t **keylist + ) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + gpgme_key_t key; + stringlist_t *_keylist; + char *fpr; + + assert(session); + assert(pattern); + assert(keylist); + + *keylist = NULL; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_keylist_start(_session->ctx, pattern, 0); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + break; + case GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE: + assert(0); + return PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR; + default: + return PEP_GET_KEY_FAILED; + }; + + _keylist = new_stringlist(NULL); + stringlist_t *_k = _keylist; + + do { + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_keylist_next(_session->ctx, &key); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE); + switch (gpgme_error) { + case GPG_ERR_EOF: + break; + case GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR: + assert(key); + assert(key->subkeys); + fpr = key->subkeys->fpr; + assert(fpr); + _k = stringlist_add(_k, fpr); + assert(_k); + if (_k != NULL) + break; + case GPG_ERR_ENOMEM: + free_stringlist(_keylist); + _session->gpgme_op_keylist_end(_session->ctx); + return PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY; + default: + // BUG: GPGME returns an illegal value instead of GPG_ERR_EOF after + // reading first key +#ifndef NDEBUG + fprintf(stderr, "warning: unknown result 0x%x of" + " gpgme_op_keylist_next()\n", gpgme_error); +#endif + gpgme_error = GPG_ERR_EOF; + break; + }; + } while (gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_EOF); + + _session->gpgme_op_keylist_end(_session->ctx); + *keylist = _keylist; + return PEP_STATUS_OK; +} + +PEP_STATUS send_key(PEP_SESSION session, const char *pattern) +{ + pEpSession *_session = (pEpSession *) session; + gpgme_error_t gpgme_error; + + gpgme_error = _session->gpgme_op_export(_session->ctx, pattern, + GPGME_EXPORT_MODE_EXTERN, NULL); + assert(gpgme_error != GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE); + if (gpgme_error == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR) + return PEP_STATUS_OK; + else + return PEP_CANNOT_SEND_KEY; +} + +void pEp_free(void *p) +{ + free(p); +} + diff --git a/src/pEpEngine.h b/src/pEpEngine.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e090b67 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pEpEngine.h @@ -0,0 +1,583 @@ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +#ifdef WIN32 +#ifdef _EXPORT_PEP_ENGINE_DLL +#define DYNAMIC_API __declspec(dllexport) +#else +#define DYNAMIC_API __declspec(dllimport) +#endif +#else +#define DYNAMIC_API +#endif + + +// pEp Engine API + +// caveat: +// Unicode data has to be normalized to NFC before calling +// UTF-8 strings are UTF-8 encoded C strings (zero terminated) + + +typedef void * PEP_SESSION; + +typedef enum { + PEP_STATUS_OK = 0, + + PEP_INIT_CANNOT_LOAD_GPGME = 0x0110, + PEP_INIT_GPGME_INIT_FAILED = 0x0111, + + PEP_INIT_SQLITE3_WITHOUT_MUTEX = 0x0120, + PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_DB = 0x0121, + PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_SYSTEM_DB = 0x0122, + + PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND = 0x0201, + PEP_KEY_HAS_AMBIG_NAME = 0x0202, + PEP_GET_KEY_FAILED = 0x0203, + + PEP_CANNOT_FIND_IDENTITY = 0x0301, + PEP_CANNOT_SET_PERSON = 0x0381, + PEP_CANNOT_SET_PGP_KEYPAIR = 0x0382, + PEP_CANNOT_SET_IDENTITY = 0x0383, + + PEP_UNENCRYPTED = 0x0400, + PEP_VERIFIED = 0x0401, + PEP_DECRYPTED = 0x0402, + PEP_DECRYPTED_AND_VERIFIED = 0x0403, + PEP_DECRYPT_WRONG_FORMAT = 0x0404, + PEP_DECRYPT_NO_KEY = 0x0405, + PEP_DECRYPT_SIGNATURE_DOES_NOT_MATCH = 0x0406, + PEP_VERIFY_NO_KEY = 0x0407, + PEP_VERIFIED_AND_TRUSTED = 0x0408, + PEP_CANNOT_DECRYPT_UNKNOWN = 0x04ff, + + PEP_SAFEWORD_NOT_FOUND = 0x0501, + + PEP_CANNOT_CREATE_KEY = 0x0601, + PEP_CANNOT_SEND_KEY = 0x0602, + + PEP_COMMIT_FAILED = 0xff01, + + PEP_ILLEGAL_VALUE = -4, + PEP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = -3, + PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY = -2, + PEP_UNKNOWN_ERROR = -1 +} PEP_STATUS; + + +// INIT_STATUS init() - initialize pEpEngine for a thread +// +// parameters: +// session (out) init() allocates session memory and returns a pointer +// as a handle +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK = 0 if init() succeeds +// PEP_INIT_SQLITE3_WITHOUT_MUTEX if SQLite3 was compiled with +// SQLITE_THREADSAFE 0 +// PEP_INIT_CANNOT_LOAD_GPGME if libgpgme.dll cannot be found +// PEP_INIT_GPGME_INIT_FAILED if GPGME init fails +// PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_DB if user's management db cannot be +// opened +// PEP_INIT_CANNOT_OPEN_SYSTEM_DB if system's management db cannot be +// opened +// +// caveat: +// the pointer is valid only if the return value is PEP_STATUS_OK +// in other case a NULL pointer will be returned; a valid handle must +// be released using release() when it's no longer needed + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS init(PEP_SESSION *session); + + +// void release() - release thread session handle +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle to release + +DYNAMIC_API void release(PEP_SESSION session); + + +typedef struct _stringlist_t { + char *value; + struct _stringlist_t *next; +} stringlist_t; + + +// new_stringlist() - allocate a new stringlist +// +// parameters: +// value (in) initial value as C string or NULL for empty list +// +// return value: +// pointer to stringlist_t object or NULL if out of memory +// +// caveat: +// the value is being copied before being added to the list +// the original string is still being owned by the caller + +DYNAMIC_API stringlist_t *new_stringlist(const char *value); + + +// stringlist_add() - add key to stringlist +// +// parameters: +// stringlist (in) stringlist struct or NULL to create a new one +// value (in) value as C string +// +// return value: +// pointer to last element in stringlist or NULL if out of memory +// +// caveat: +// the value is being copied before being added to the list +// the original string is still being owned by the caller + +DYNAMIC_API stringlist_t *stringlist_add(stringlist_t *stringlist, const char *value); + + +// stringlist_length() - get length of stringlist +// +// parameters: +// stringlist (in) stringlist struct to determine length of +// +// return value: +// length of stringlist in number of elements + +DYNAMIC_API int stringlist_length(const stringlist_t *stringlist); + + +// free_stringlist() - free memory occupied by stringlist +// +// parameters: +// stringlist (in) stringlist to free + +DYNAMIC_API void free_stringlist(stringlist_t *stringlist); + + +// decrypt_and_verify() - decrypt and/or verify a message +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// ctext (in) cipher text to decrypt and/or verify +// csize (in) size of cipher text +// ptext (out) pointer to internal buffer with plain text +// psize (out) size of plain text +// keylist (out) array of key ids which where used to encrypt or NULL on +// error +// +// return value: +// PEP_UNENCRYPTED message was unencrypted and not signed +// PEP_VERIFIED message was unencrypted, signature matches +// PEP_DECRYPTED message is decrypted now, no signature +// PEP_DECRYPTED_AND_VERIFIED message is decrypted now and verified +// PEP_DECRYPT_WRONG_FORMAT message has wrong format to handle +// PEP_DECRYPT_NO_KEY key not available to decrypt and/or verify +// PEP_DECRYPT_SIGNATURE_DOES_NOT_MATCH wrong signature +// +// caveat: +// the ownerships of ptext as well as keylist are going to the caller +// the caller must use free() (or an Windoze pEp_free()) and +// free_stringlist() to free them + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS decrypt_and_verify( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *ctext, size_t csize, + char **ptext, size_t *psize, stringlist_t **keylist + ); + + +// verify_text() - verfy plain text with a digital signature +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// text (in) text to verify +// size (in) size of text +// signature (in) signature text +// sig_size (in) size of signature +// keylist (out) array of key ids which where used to encrypt or NULL on +// error +// +// return value: +// PEP_VERIFIED message was unencrypted, signature matches +// PEP_DECRYPT_NO_KEY key not available to decrypt and/or verify +// PEP_DECRYPT_SIGNATURE_DOES_NOT_MATCH wrong signature + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS verify_text( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *text, size_t size, + const char *signature, size_t sig_size, stringlist_t **keylist + ); + + +// encrypt_and_sign() - encrypt and sign a message +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// keylist (in) array of key ids to encrypt with as C strings +// ptext (in) plain text to decrypt and/or verify +// psize (in) size of plain text +// ctext (out) pointer to internal buffer with cipher text +// csize (out) size of cipher text +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK = 0 encryption and signing succeeded +// PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND at least one of the receipient keys +// could not be found +// PEP_KEY_HAS_AMBIG_NAME at least one of the receipient keys has +// an ambiguous name +// PEP_GET_KEY_FAILED cannot retrieve key +// +// caveat: +// the ownership of ctext is going to the caller +// the caller is responsible to free() it (on Windoze use pEp_free()) + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS encrypt_and_sign( + PEP_SESSION session, const stringlist_t *keylist, const char *ptext, + size_t psize, char **ctext, size_t *csize + ); + + +// log_event() - log a user defined event defined by UTF-8 encoded strings into +// management log +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// title (in) C string with event name +// entity (in) C string with name of entity which is logging +// description (in) C string with long description for event or NULL if +// omitted +// comment (in) C string with user defined comment or NULL if +// omitted +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK log entry created + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS log_event( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *title, const char *entity, + const char *description, const char *comment + ); + + +// safeword() - get the corresponding safeword for a 16 bit value +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// value (in) value to find a safeword for +// lang (in) C string with ISO 3166-1 ALPHA-2 language code +// word (out) pointer to C string with safeword UTF-8 encoded +// NULL if language is not supported or safeword +// wordlist is damaged or unavailable +// wsize (out) length of safeword +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK safeword retrieved +// PEP_SAFEWORD_NOT_FOUND safeword not found +// +// caveat: +// the word pointer goes to the ownership of the caller +// the caller is responsible to free() it (on Windoze use pEp_free()) + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS safeword( + PEP_SESSION session, uint16_t value, const char *lang, + char **word, size_t *wsize + ); + + +// safewords() - get safewords for a string of hex values of a fingerprint +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// fingerprint (in) C string with hex values to find safewords for +// lang (in) C string with ISO 3166-1 ALPHA-2 language code +// words (out) pointer to C string with safewords UTF-8 encoded, +// separated by a blank each +// NULL if language is not supported or safeword +// wordlist is damaged or unavailable +// wsize (out) length of safewords string +// max_words (in) only generate a string with max_words; +// if max_words == 0 there is no such limit +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK safewords retrieved +// PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY out of memory +// PEP_SAFEWORD_NOT_FOUND at least one safeword not found +// +// caveat: +// the word pointer goes to the ownership of the caller +// the caller is responsible to free() it (on Windoze use pEp_free()) +// +// DON'T USE THIS FUNCTION FROM HIGH LEVEL LANGUAGES! +// +// Better implement a simple one in the adapter yourself using safeword(), and +// return a list of safewords. +// This function is provided for being used by C and C++ programs only. + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS safewords( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *fingerprint, const char *lang, + char **words, size_t *wsize, int max_words + ); + + +typedef enum _PEP_comm_type { + PEP_ct_unknown = 0, + + // range 0x01 to 0x0f: no encryption or nothing reasonable + + PEP_ct_no_encryption = 0x01, // generic + PEP_ct_key_too_short = 0x02, // key too short to talk + // about encryption + PEP_ct_compromized = 0x0f, // known compromized connection + + // range 0x10 to 0x3f: unconfirmed encryption + + PEP_ct_unconfirmed_encryption = 0x10, // generic + PEP_ct_OpenPGP_1024_RSA_unconfirmed = 0x11, // RSA 1024 is weak + PEP_ct_OpenPGP_unconfirmed = 0x3f, // key at least 2048 bit RSA + // or 1024 bit DSA + + // range 0x40 to 0x7f: unconfirmed encryption and anonymization + + PEP_ct_unconfirmed_enc_anon = 0x40, // generic + PEP_ct_PEP_unconfirmed = 0x7f, + + // range 0x80 to 0x8f: reserved + // range 0x90 to 0xbf: confirmed encryption + + PEP_ct_confirmed_encryption = 0x90, // generic + PEP_ct_OpenPGP_1024_RSA = 0x91, // RSA 1024 is weak + PEP_ct_OpenPGP = 0xbf, // key at least 2048 bit RSA or 1024 bit DSA + + // range 0xc0 to 0xff: confirmed encryption and anonymization + + PEP_ct_confirmed_enc_anon = 0xc0, // generic + PEP_ct_pEp = 0xff +} PEP_comm_type; + +typedef struct _pEp_identity { + size_t struct_size; // size of whole struct + char *address; // C string with address UTF-8 encoded + size_t address_size; // size of address + char *fpr; // C string with fingerprint UTF-8 encoded + size_t fpr_size; // size of fingerprint + char *user_id; // C string with user ID UTF-8 encoded + size_t user_id_size; // size of user ID + char *username; // C string with user name UTF-8 encoded + size_t username_size; // size of user name + PEP_comm_type comm_type; // type of communication with this ID + char lang[3]; // language of conversation + // ISO 639-1 ALPHA-2, last byte is 0 + bool me; // if this is the local user herself/himself +} pEp_identity; + + +// new_identity() - allocate memory and set the string and size fields +// +// parameters: +// address (in) UTF-8 string or NULL +// fpr (in) UTF-8 string or NULL +// user_id (in) UTF-8 string or NULL +// username (in) UTF-8 string or NULL +// +// return value: +// pEp_identity struct with correct size values or NULL if out of memory +// +// caveat: +// the strings are copied; the original strings are still being owned by +// the caller + +DYNAMIC_API pEp_identity *new_identity( + const char *address, const char *fpr, const char *user_id, + const char *username + ); + + +// free_identity() - free all memory being occupied by a pEp_identity struct +// +// parameters: +// identity (in) struct to release +// +// caveat: +// not only the struct but also all string memory referenced by the +// struct is being freed; all pointers inside are invalid afterwards + +DYNAMIC_API void free_identity(pEp_identity *identity); + + +// get_identity() - get identity information +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// address (in) C string with communication address, UTF-8 encoded +// identity (out) pointer to pEp_identity structure with results or +// NULL if failure +// +// caveat: +// the address string is being copied; the original string remains in the +// ownership of the caller +// the resulting pEp_identity structure goes to the ownership of the +// caller and has to be freed with free_identity() when not in use any +// more + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS get_identity( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *address, + pEp_identity **identity + ); + + +// set_identity() - set identity information +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// identity (in) pointer to pEp_identity structure +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK = 0 encryption and signing succeeded +// PEP_CANNOT_SET_PERSON writing to table person failed +// PEP_CANNOT_SET_PGP_KEYPAIR writing to table pgp_keypair failed +// PEP_CANNOT_SET_IDENTITY writing to table identity failed +// PEP_COMMIT_FAILED SQL commit failed +// +// caveat: +// in the identity structure you need to set the const char * fields to +// UTF-8 C strings +// the size fields are ignored + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS set_identity( + PEP_SESSION session, const pEp_identity *identity + ); + + +// generate_keypair() - generate a new key pair and add it to the key ring +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// identity (inout) pointer to pEp_identity structure +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK = 0 encryption and signing succeeded +// PEP_ILLEGAL_VALUE illegal values for identity fields given +// PEP_CANNOT_CREATE_KEY key engine is on strike +// +// caveat: +// address and username fields must be set to UTF-8 strings +// the fpr field must be set to NULL +// +// this function allocates a string and sets set fpr field of identity +// the caller is responsible to call free() for that string or use +// free_identity() on the struct + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS generate_keypair( + PEP_SESSION session, pEp_identity *identity + ); + + +// delete_keypair() - delete a public key or a key pair from the key ring +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// fpr (in) C string with key id or fingerprint of the +// public key +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK = 0 key was successfully deleted +// PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND key not found +// PEP_ILLEGAL_VALUE not a valid key id or fingerprint +// PEP_KEY_HAS_AMBIG_NAME fpr does not uniquely identify a key +// PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY out of memory + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS delete_keypair(PEP_SESSION session, const char *fpr); + + +// import_key() - import key from data +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// key_data (in) key data, i.e. ASCII armored OpenPGP key +// size (in) amount of data to handle +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK = 0 key was successfully imported +// PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY out of memory +// PEP_ILLEGAL_VALUE there is no key data to import + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS import_key(PEP_SESSION session, const char *key_data, size_t size); + + +// export_key() - export ascii armored key +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// fpr (in) key id or fingerprint of key +// key_data (out) ASCII armored OpenPGP key +// size (out) amount of data to handle +// +// return value: +// PEP_STATUS_OK = 0 key was successfully exported +// PEP_OUT_OF_MEMORY out of memory +// PEP_KEY_NOT_FOUND key not found +// +// caveat: +// the key_data goes to the ownership of the caller +// the caller is responsible to free() it (on Windoze use pEp_free()) + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS export_key( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *fpr, char **key_data, size_t *size + ); + + +// recv_key() - update key(s) from keyserver +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// pattern (in) key id, user id or address to search for as +// UTF-8 string + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS recv_key(PEP_SESSION session, const char *pattern); + + +// find_keys() - find keys in keyring +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// pattern (in) key id, user id or address to search for as +// UTF-8 string +// keylist (out) list of fingerprints found or NULL on error +// +// caveat: +// the ownerships of keylist isgoing to the caller +// the caller must use free_stringlist() to free it + + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS find_keys( + PEP_SESSION session, const char *pattern, stringlist_t **keylist + ); + + +// send_key() - send key(s) to keyserver +// +// parameters: +// session (in) session handle +// pattern (in) key id, user id or address to search for as +// UTF-8 string + +DYNAMIC_API PEP_STATUS send_key(PEP_SESSION session, const char *pattern); + + +// pEp_free() - free memory allocated by pEp engine +// +// parameters: +// p (in) pointer to free +// +// The reason for this function is that heap management can be a pretty +// complex task with Windoze. This free() version calls the free() +// implementation of the C runtime library which was used to build pEp engine, +// so you're using the correct heap. For more information, see: +// + +DYNAMIC_API void pEp_free(void *p); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/src/platform_windows.cpp b/src/platform_windows.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d48021c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/platform_windows.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +// Windows platform specifica + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#ifndef UNICODE +#define UNICODE +#endif +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600 + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "platform_windows.h" + +#ifndef WC_ERR_INVALID_CHARS +#define WC_ERR_INVALID_CHARS 0x00000080 // error for invalid chars +#endif + +using namespace std; + +static string utf8_string(wstring wstr) { + string result; + + if (wstr.length()) { + int size = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, WC_ERR_INVALID_CHARS, + wstr.c_str(), -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + assert(size); + if (size) { + char *buf = new char[size]; + WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, WC_ERR_INVALID_CHARS, wstr.c_str(), + -1, buf, size, NULL, NULL); + result = buf; + delete[] buf; + } else + throw out_of_range("input wstring is not valid" + " while converting UTF-16 to UTF-8."); + } + + return result; +} + +static wstring utf16_string(string str) { + wstring result; + + if (str.length()) { + int size = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS, + str.c_str(), -1, NULL, 0); + assert(size); + if (size) { + wchar_t * buf = new wchar_t[size]; + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS, str.c_str(), -1, + buf, size); + result = buf; + delete[] buf; + } else + throw out_of_range("input string is not valid" + " while converting UTF-8 to UTF-16."); + } + + return result; +} + +static bool readRegistryString( + HKEY hKey, LPCTSTR lpSubKey, LPCTSTR lpValueName, LPTSTR lpResult, + DWORD dwSize, LPCTSTR lpDefault + ) +{ + assert(lpResult); + + HKEY theKey; + DWORD type; + DWORD bytesCopied = dwSize; + HRESULT result; + + result = RegOpenKeyEx(hKey, lpSubKey, 0, KEY_READ, &theKey); + if (result != ERROR_SUCCESS) { + if (lpDefault) { + wcsncpy_s(lpResult, dwSize, lpDefault, _TRUNCATE); + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + + result = RegQueryValueEx(theKey, lpValueName, NULL, &type, + (LPBYTE) lpResult, &bytesCopied); + if (result != ERROR_SUCCESS || (type != REG_EXPAND_SZ && type != REG_SZ)) { + if (lpDefault) { + wcsncpy_s(lpResult, dwSize, lpDefault, _TRUNCATE); + RegCloseKey(theKey); + return true; + } + else { + RegCloseKey(theKey); + return false; + } + } + + RegCloseKey(theKey); + return true; +} + +static const DWORD PATH_BUF_SIZE = 32768; + +static inline string managementPath(const char *file_path, const char *file_name) +{ + string path; + static TCHAR tPath[PATH_BUF_SIZE]; + + DWORD length = ExpandEnvironmentStringsW(utf16_string(file_path).c_str(), + tPath, PATH_BUF_SIZE); + assert(length); + if (length == 0) + throw bad_alloc(); + + CreateDirectory(tPath, NULL); + DWORD error = GetLastError(); + assert(error == 0 || error == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS); + + path = utf8_string(tPath); + path += "\\"; + path += file_name; + + return path; +} + +extern "C" { + +void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag) { + static TCHAR path[PATH_BUF_SIZE]; + + assert(filename); + assert(flag == RTLD_LAZY); // only lazy binding is implemented + + bool result = readRegistryString(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, + TEXT("SOFTWARE\\GNU\\GnuPG"), TEXT("Install Directory"), path, + PATH_BUF_SIZE, NULL); + assert(result); + if (!result) + return NULL; + + SetDllDirectory(TEXT("")); + BOOL _result = SetDllDirectory(path); + assert(_result != 0); + if (_result == 0) + return NULL; + + HMODULE module = LoadLibrary(utf16_string(filename).c_str()); + SetDllDirectory(NULL); + if (module == NULL) + return NULL; + else + return (void *) module; +} + +int dlclose(void *handle) { + if (FreeLibrary((HMODULE) handle)) + return 0; + else + return 1; +} + +void *dlsym(void *handle, const char *symbol) { + return (void *) (intptr_t) GetProcAddress((HMODULE) handle, symbol); +} + +const char *windoze_local_db() { + static string path; + if (path.length() == 0) + path = managementPath("%LOCALAPPDATA%\\pEp", "management.db"); + return path.c_str(); +} + +const char *windoze_system_db() { + static string path; + if (path.length() == 0) + path = managementPath("%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\\pEp", "system.db"); + return path.c_str(); +} + +const char *gpg_conf() +{ + static string path; + if (path.length() == 0) + path = managementPath("%APPDATA%\\gnupg", "gpg.conf"); + return path.c_str(); +} + +} // "C" diff --git a/src/platform_windows.h b/src/platform_windows.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64eaca0f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/platform_windows.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#pragma once + +// Windows platform specifica + +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#ifndef strdup +#define strdup _strdup +#endif +#ifndef snprintf +#define snprintf _snprintf +#endif +#define _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag); +int dlclose(void *handle); +void *dlsym(void *handle, const char *symbol); + +const char *windoze_local_db(void); +const char *windoze_system_db(void); +const char *gpg_conf(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/src/sqlite3.c b/src/sqlite3.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98c3b047 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/sqlite3.c @@ -0,0 +1,145295 @@ +/****************************************************************************** +** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite +** version 3.8.2. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation +** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be +** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements +** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single +** translation unit. +** +** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other +** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within +** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start +** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed +** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming +** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a +** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE +# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif +/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ +#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Add the ability to override 'extern' +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif + + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** Fossil configuration management +** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 +** hash of the entire source tree. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.2" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008002 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2013-12-06 14:53:30 27392118af4c38c5203a04b8013e1afdb1cebd0d" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus insure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** 
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+**
)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() +** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements +** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes +** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the +** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is +** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with +** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which +** destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], +** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or +** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation +** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], +** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +**
    +**
  • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is a valid and open [database connection]. +**
  • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by +** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
  • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into +** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
+*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer +** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. +** +** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. +** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase +** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect +** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. +** +** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always +** be exactly zero. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. +**
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +**
+** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST +** is defined. +**
    +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for +** additional information. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by +** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method +** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ +** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly +** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most +** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. +** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this +** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes +** that do require it. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle +** +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an +** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. +** +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. +** +** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in +** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this +** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between +** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not +** modified. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] +** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of +** a pathname in this VFS. +** +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. +** +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access +** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs +** object once the object has been registered. +** +** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must +** be unique across all VFS modules. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** call, depending on the object being opened: +** +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +**
)^ +** +** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make +** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] +**
+** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a +** directory. +** +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** included in the VFS structure for completeness. +** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes +** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ + int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ + void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int flags, int *pOutFlags); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method +** +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
+** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given no the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and +** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using +** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all +** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking +** sqlite3_shutdown(). +** +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. +** +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if +** the call is considered successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, +** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes +** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
+**
^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a +** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation +** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the +** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +**
    +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_used()] +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +**
  • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +**
  • [sqlite3_status()] +**
)^ +** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** allocation statistics are disabled by default. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be +** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), +** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz +** argument must be a multiple of 16. +** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer +** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So +** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. +** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 +** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional +** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then +** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. +** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page +** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. +** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned +** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each +** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on +** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** to make sz a little too large. The first +** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its +** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then +** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. +** The pointer in the first argument must +** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite +** will be undefined.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use +** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided +** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place +** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default +** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each +** [database connection]. The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the +** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to +** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface +** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current +** page cache implementation into that object.)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
+**
The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +**
^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as +** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for +** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +**
These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +**
This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +**
^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size +** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +**
^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows +** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined. +** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
+** +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
+** +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
+** +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available +** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those +** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column +** is another alias for the rowid. +** +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the +** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. +** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables +** have ever occurred on the database connection D, +** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ +** +** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this +** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, +** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this +** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE +** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The +** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused +** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change +** the return value of this interface.)^ +** +** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to +** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. +** +** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the +** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed +** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement +** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. +** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], +** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by +** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes +** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. +** +** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] +** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. +** +** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table +** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that +** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, +** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other +** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ +** +** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and +** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. +** Most SQL statements are +** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" +** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a +** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one +** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. +** +** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does +** not create a new trigger context. +** +** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the +** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same +** trigger context. +** +** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the +** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, +** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of +** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** statement within the body of the same trigger. +** However, the number returned does not include changes +** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ +** +** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], +** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. +** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes +** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by +** [foreign key actions]. However, +** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, +** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The +** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], +** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes +** are counted.)^ +** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as +** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle +** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). +** +** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** +** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. +** +** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. +** +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. +** +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. +** +** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] +** is running then bad things will likely happen. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or +** if additional input is needed before sending the text into +** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string +** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within +** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not +** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. +** +** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** +** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** +** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever +** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread +** or process has locked. +** +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. +** +** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt +** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** ^The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the +** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will +** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs +** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache +** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent +** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory +** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error +** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to +** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion +** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the +** +** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why +** this is important. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** +** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** +** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** complete query results from one or more queries. +** +** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But +** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These +** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows +** and M be the number of columns. +** +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. +** +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** is as follows: +** +** 
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
+** +** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored +** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** +** 
+**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 +** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the +** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. +** +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access +** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public +** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** +** These routines all implement some additional formatting +** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. +** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there +** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. +** +** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated +** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. +** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' +** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into +** the string. +** +** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
+** +** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText +** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
+** +** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL +** would have looked like this: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
+** +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should +** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. +** +** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around +** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the +** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without +** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL +** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the +** addition that after the string has been read and copied into +** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem +** +** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own +** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence +** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The +** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns +** a NULL pointer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is +** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed +** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. +** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). +** +** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the +** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first +** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() +** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling +** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or +** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling +** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. +** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes +** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned +** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation +** is not freed. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. +** +** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define +** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in +** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability +** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. +** +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called +** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting +** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite +** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. +** +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have +** not yet been released. +** +** The application must not read or write any part of +** a block of memory after it has been released using +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics +** +** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], +** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. +** +** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** prior to the reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator +** +** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to +** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that +** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for +** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows +** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. +** +** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** +** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by +** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained +** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness +** method. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular +** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. +** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** the authorizer will fail with an error message. +** +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that +** access is denied. +** +** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies +** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters +** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional +** details about the action to be authorized. +** +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the +** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute +** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] +** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual +** columns of a table. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. +** +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] +** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements +** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not +** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that +** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. +** +** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] +** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] +** in addition to using an authorizer. +** +** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. +** The authorizer is disabled by default. +** +** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. +** +** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] +** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization +** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur +** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers +** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ +** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains +** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The +** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is +** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** +** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is +** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a +** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. +** +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] +** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error following a failure of any +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. +** +** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and +** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources +** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() +** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control +** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to +** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of +** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ +** +**
+** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
+**
The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not +** already exist, an error is returned.
)^ +** +** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
+**
The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading +** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either +** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
)^ +** +** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
+**
The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if +** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
)^ +**
+** +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection +** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread +** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens +** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was +** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be +** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared +** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not +** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. +** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** +** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database +** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when +** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might +** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. +** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with +** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as +** "./" to avoid ambiguity. +** +** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary +** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be +** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. +** +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

URI Filenames

+** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +**
    +**
  • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
  • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
  • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +**
+** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

URI filename examples

+** +** +**
URI filenames Results +**
file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db
+** file:///home/fred/data.db
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
+** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock". +**
file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
+** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. +** +** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international +** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** +** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or +** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call +** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed +** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from +** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are +** disabled. +** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language +** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. +** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. +** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by +** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** +** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the +** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between +** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. +** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these +** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid +** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after +** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. +** +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface +** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the +** error code and message may or may not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object +** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} +** +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. +** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a +** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". +** +** The life of a statement object goes something like this: +** +**
    +**
  1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related +** function. +**
  2. Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() +** interfaces. +**
  3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +**
  4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +**
  5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +**
+** +** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional +** information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** +** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited +** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the +** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The +** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a +** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the +** new limit for that construct.)^ +** +** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a +** [limits | hard upper bound] +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. +** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ +** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are +** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. +** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** +** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage +** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled +** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a +** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and +** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded +** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the +** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can +** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] +** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database +** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the +** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. +** +** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories +** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} +** +** These constants define various performance limits +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. +** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. +** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+**
The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
+**
The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
+**
The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the +** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index +** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
+**
The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+**
The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
+**
The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program +** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently +** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of +** SQLite.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
+**
The maximum number of arguments on a function.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
+**
The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+**
The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or +** [GLOB] operators.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+**
The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+**
The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
)^ +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** +** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. +** +** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** +** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() +** use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the +** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or +** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows +** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small +** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that +** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including +** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to +** make a copy of the input string. +** +** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte +** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only +** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to +** what remains uncompiled. +** +** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty +** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. +** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** ppStmt may not be NULL. +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; +** otherwise an [error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are +** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained +** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave differently in three ways: +** +**
    +**
  1. +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. +**
    2. +** +**
  2. +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] +** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare +** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. +**
    3. +** +**
  3. +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. +**
    4. +**
+*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** +** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original +** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was +** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** 
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+**
+** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} +** +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values +** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects +** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. +** +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. +** +** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with +** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. +*/ +typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object +** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. +** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} +** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following +** templates: +** +**
    +**
  • ? +**
  • ?NNN +**
  • :VVV +**
  • @VVV +**
  • $VVV +**
+** +** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these +** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** +** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. +** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named +** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. +** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** +** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** +** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the +** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the +** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is +** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. +** +** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and +** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), +** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. +** ^If the fifth argument is +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then +** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() +** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the +** result is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an +** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** +** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] +** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the +** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] +** to the parameters at a later time. +** +** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) +** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the +** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, +** there may be gaps in the list.)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. +** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** respectively. +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" +** is included as part of the name.)^ +** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name +** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". +** +** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is +** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is +** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** +** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The +** index value returned is suitable for use as the second +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero +** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter +** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** +** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL +** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** +** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] +** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the +** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. +** +** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. +** +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a +** NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for +** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause +** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from +** one release of SQLite to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** +** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and +** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in +** [SELECT] statement. +** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. +** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. +** +** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or +** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return +** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, +** or column that query result column was extracted from. +** +** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return +** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same +** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are +** undefined. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** for the same [prepared statement] and result column +** at the same time then the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** +** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. +** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. +** +** ^(For example, given the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** and the following statement to be compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result +** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ +** +** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function +** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or +** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. +** +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] +** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the +** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** +** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT +** +** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +**
    +**
  • 64-bit signed integer +**
  • 64-bit IEEE floating point number +**
  • string +**
  • BLOB +**
  • NULL +**
)^ +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query +** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** +** These routines form the "result set" interface. +** +** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current +** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. +** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. +** +** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] +** are called from a different thread while any of these routines +** are pending, then the results are undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value +** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type +** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, +** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object +** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. +** +** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For +** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions +** that are applied: +** +**
+** +**
Internal
Type 		Requested
Type 		Conversion +** +**
NULL INTEGER Result is 0 +**
NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 +**
NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer +**
NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer +**
INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float +**
INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer +**
INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT +**
FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float +**
FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB +**
TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL +**
TEXT BLOB No change +**
BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL +**
BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed +**
+**
)^ +** +** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() +** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its +** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are +** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most +** C programmers. +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +**
    +**
  • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.
    • +**
  • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.
    • +**
  • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.
    • +**
+** +** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they +** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +**
    +**
  • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
    • +**
+** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +** +** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any +** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value +** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL +** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return +** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** back to the beginning of its program. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** these routines are the text encoding expected for +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. +** +** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL +** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database +** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added +** to each database connection separately. +** +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. +** +** ^The third parameter (nArg) +** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is +** undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work +** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be +** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may +** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple +** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text +** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ +** +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or +** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, +** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. +** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being +** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ +** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. +** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it +** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data +** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** +** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use +** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative +** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with +** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding +** matches the database encoding is a better +** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be +** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is +** between UTF8 and UTF16. +** +** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. +** +** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other +** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not +** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared +** statement in which the function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED +** +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid +** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** +** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses +** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on +** the function or aggregate. +** +** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters +** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. +** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for +** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to +** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** object results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other +** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) +** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread as +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this +** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. +** +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite +** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally +** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one +** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match +** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function +** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** first time from within xFinal().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. +** +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the +** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. +** +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** +** The first parameter must be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the aggregate SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the application-defined function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to +** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
    +**
  • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or +**
  • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement, or +**
  • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or +**
  • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.
)^ +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. +** +** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread in which +** the SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of +** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed +** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the +** third parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of +** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero +** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified +** by its 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. +** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native +** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message all text up through the first zero character. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() +** routines make a private copy of the error message text before +** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or +** modify the text after they return without harm. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces +** set the return value of the application-defined function to be +** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, +** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter +** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text +** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has +** finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite +** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not +** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content +** when it has finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** If these routines are called from within the different thread +** than the one containing the application-defined function that received +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF8], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16], or +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +**
)^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an +** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +**
    +**
  1. If A==B then B==A. +**
  2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. +**
  3. If A<B THEN B>A. +**
  4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. +**
+** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** +** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation +** sequence is required. +** +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, +** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. +** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. +** +** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence.)^ +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be +** called right after sqlite3_open(). +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); + +/* +** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not +** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the +** database is decrypted. +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); + +/* +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD +/* +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +** +** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] +** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable +** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate +** temporary file directory. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +** 
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+**       NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+**
+*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode +** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, +** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. +** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. +** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. +** +** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to +** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after +** an error is to use this function. +** +** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database +** connection while this routine is running, then the return value +** is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** that was the first argument +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** create the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after +** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL +** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement +** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement +** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. +** +** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. +** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, +** then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call for each function on D. +** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. +** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** or rollback hook in the first place. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] +** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook +** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. +** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit +** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. +** +** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. +** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is +** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a rowid table. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** +** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. +** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to be invoked. +** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the +** database and table name containing the affected row. +** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. +** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. +** +** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. +** +** ^In the current implementation, the update hook +** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an +** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook +** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. +** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** +** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** returns the P argument from the previous call +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] +** interfaces. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] +** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true +** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ +** +** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. +** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. +** +** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. +** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode +** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ +** +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ +** +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in +** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared +** cache setting should set it explicitly. +** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** +** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations +** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database +** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. +** +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** +** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** +** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +**
    +**
  • The soft heap limit is set to zero. +**
  • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +**
  • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). +**
  • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +**
)^ +** +** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because +** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most +** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** +** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific +** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle +** passed as the first function argument. +** +** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters +** may be NULL. +** +** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th +** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be +** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. +** +** ^(
+** +**
Parameter Output
Type 		Description +** +**
5th const char* Data type +**
6th const char* Name of default collation sequence +**
7th int True if column has a NOT NULL constraint +**
8th int True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +**
9th int True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] +**
+**
)^ +** +** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** call to any SQLite API function. +** +** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. +** +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no +** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output +** parameters are set as follows: +** +** 
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+**
)^ +** +** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an +** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column +** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left +** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ +** +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** +** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. +** +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. +** +** ^The entry point is zProc. +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^Extension loading must be enabled using +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, +** otherwise an error will be returned. +** +** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** +** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** +** ^Extension loading is off by default. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn +** it back off again. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** 
+**    int xEntryPoint(
+**      sqlite3 *db,
+**      const char **pzErrMsg,
+**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+**    );
+**
)^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} +** +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. +** +** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent +** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. +** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different +** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content +** of this structure must not change while it is registered with +** any database connection. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info +** +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: +** +**
column OP expr
+** +** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ +** +** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are +** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ +** +** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the +** [xFilter] method. +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros defined the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** +** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. +** ^Module names must be registered before +** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a +** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. +** +** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to +** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth +** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through +** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module +** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will +** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** destructor. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass +** of this object to describe a particular instance +** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will +** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. +** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are +** common to all module implementations. +** +** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the +** following structure to describe cursors that point into the +** [virtual table] and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods +** of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table +** +** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a +** [virtual table module] call this interface +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** +** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ +** +** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded +** by a [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} +** +** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** +** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located +** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; +** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: +** +** 
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+**
)^ +** +** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read +** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. +** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary +** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is +** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. +** +** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains +** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that +** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. +** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". +** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written +** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set +** to be a null pointer.)^ +** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message +** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related +** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a +** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob +** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. +** +** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an +** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects +** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". +** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column +** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not +** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually +** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ +** +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this +** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a +** blob. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID] +** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, +** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using +** this interface. +** +** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** +** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. +** +** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit +** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the +** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. +** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache +** until the close operation if they will fit. +** +** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes +** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur +** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during +** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ +** +** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns +** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ +** +** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned +** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The +** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing +** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z +** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is +** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the +** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might +** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle +** or by other independent statements. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects +** +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object +** that SQLite uses to interact +** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a +** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. +** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. +** The following interfaces are provided. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^Names are case sensitive. +** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. +** +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). +** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. +** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. +** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again +** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the +** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a +** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as +** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutexes +** +** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread +** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal +** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is +** permitted to use any of these routines. +** +** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations +** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation +** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following +** implementations are available in the SQLite core: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +**
)^ +** +** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in +** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. +** +** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** implementation is included with the library. In this case the +** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 +**
)^ +** +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in +** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates +** a static mutex. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] +** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other +** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. +** SQLite will never exhibit +** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ +** +** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will +** never do either.)^ +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** behave as no-ops. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object +** +** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines +** used to allocate and use mutexes. +** +** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are +** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom +** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user +** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an +** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** +** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. +** +** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The +** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding +** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially +** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** +** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, +** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and +** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): +** +**
    +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
    • +**
)^ +** +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated +** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead +** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined +** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results +** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined +** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if +** it is passed a NULL pointer). +** +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without +** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to +** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. +** +** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite +** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. +** +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. +** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself +** prior to returning. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { + int (*xMutexInit)(void); + int (*xMutexEnd)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines +** +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core +** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only +** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is +** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. +** +** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. +** +** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working +** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always +** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But +** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not +** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types +** +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** which is one of these integer constants. +** +** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the +** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be +** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument +** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. +** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this +** routine returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated +** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for +** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. +** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the +** main database file. +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine +** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of +** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl +** method becomes the return value of this routine. +** +** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER +** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the +** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** +** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying +** xFileControl method. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface +** +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing +** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines +** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. +** +** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely +** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending +** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. +** +** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters +** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. +** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to +** operate consistently from one release to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes +** +** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. +** +** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change +** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. +** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 20 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for +** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. +** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the +** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after +** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest +** value. For those parameters +** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ +** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current +** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be +** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite +** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and +** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time +** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter +** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} +** +** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
+**
This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory +** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their +** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
+**
This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
+**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The +** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they +** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** no space was left in the page cache.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the +** [scratch memory allocator] configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not +** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation +** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads +** using scratch memory at the same time.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
+**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values +** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too +** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the +** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer +** slots were available. +**
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
+**
This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only +** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
)^ +**
+** +** New status parameters may be added from time to time. +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the +** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. +** +** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur +** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If +** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is +** reset back down to the current value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} +** +** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. +** +** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs +** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently +** checked out.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+**
This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
+**
This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +**
+**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** +** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can +** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared +** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds +** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate +** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than +** an index. +** +** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from +** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement +** object to be interrogated. The second argument +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] +** to be interrogated.)^ +** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. +** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this +** interface call returns. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} +** +** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. +** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
+**
^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in +** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** careful use of indices.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
+**
^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
+**
^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
+**
^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +**
+**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of +** its size or internal structure and never deals with the +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** to the object. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. +** KEYWORDS: {page cache} +** +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** how long. +** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence +** the application may discard the parameter after the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ +** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ +** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up +** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. +** +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe +** in multithreaded applications. +** +** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** though this is not guaranteed. ^The +** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends +** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation +** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; +** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will +** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will +** never contain any unpinned pages. +** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] +** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the +** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache +** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable +** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this +** value; it is advisory only. +** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". +** +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: +** +** +**
createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache +**
0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. +**
1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. +** Otherwise return NULL. +**
2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return +** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. +**
+** +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. +** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] +** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation +** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. +** +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). +** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be +** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not +** to be pinned. +** +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any +** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that +** they can be safely discarded. +** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] +** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). +** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 +** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object +** +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. +** +** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. +** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +** +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from +** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: +**
    +**
  1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the +** backup, +**
  2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +** the data between the two databases, and finally +**
  3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. +**
)^ +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() +** +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** and the database name, respectively. +** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the +** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in +** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** and database name of the source database, respectively. +** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** an error. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the +** destination [database connection] D. +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** operation. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +**
    +**
  1. the destination database was opened read-only, or +**
  2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +**
  3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +**
)^ +** +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** [database connection] +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. +** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an +** external process or via a database connection other than the one being +** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used +** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically +** updated at the same time. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() +** +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any +** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. +** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() +** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** +** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside +** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed +** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. +** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces +** retrieve these two values, respectively. +** +** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup +** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra +** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file +** changing. +** +** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles +** +** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other +** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. +** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database +** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently +** from within other threads. +** +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] +** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction +** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a +** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** +** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must +** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database +** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is +** possible that they return invalid values. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ + const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** +** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. +** +** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** +** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked +** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] +** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. +** +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ +** +** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a +** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. +** +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is +** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** crash or deadlock may be the result. +** +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** Callback Invocation Details +** +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. +** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass +** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to +** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, +** and the second is the number of entries in the array. +** +** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be +** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the +** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function +** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers +** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** related to the set of unblocked database connections. +** +** Deadlock Detection +** +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further +** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the +** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for +** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection +** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection +** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. +** +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no +** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in +** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection +** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection +** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so +** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has +** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection +** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any +** number of levels of indirection are allowed. +** +** The "DROP TABLE" Exception +** +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, +** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is +** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" +** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. +** +** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ + void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ + void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Comparison +** +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches +** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match +** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case +** sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface +** +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. +** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so +** is considered bad form. +** +** The zFormat string must not be NULL. +** +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine +** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in +** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than +** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the +** buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a +** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in +** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** +** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X +** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an +** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of +** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in +** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** +** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be +** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
+**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
+** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#if 0 +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ + +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, sqlite3_int64 *a, int *pRes), +#else + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, double *a, int *pRes), +#endif + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + + +/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. +** +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ +#define _SQLITEINT_H_ + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. +** +** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any +** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first +** code in all source files. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +** +** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. +*/ + +/* +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. +** +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** This is the maximum number of +** +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. +** +** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. +** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced +** at all times. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database +** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 +#endif + +/* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap +** is used internally to track attached databases. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 +#endif + + +/* +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 +#endif + +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + + +/* +** The default size of a database page. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + + +/* +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. +** +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif + +/* Needed for various definitions... */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) +# define _BSD_SOURCE +#endif + +/* +** Include standard header files as necessary +*/ +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. +** +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. +*/ +#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +# if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +# else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. +** It determines whether or not the features related to +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can +** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. +** +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() +** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ + are defined but at most one is allowed:\ + SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ + SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#endif + +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. +** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit +** it. +*/ +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 +#endif + +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. +** +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the +** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, +** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but +** currently they are just comments for human readers. +*/ +#define likely(X) (X) +#define unlikely(X) (X) + +/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Hash Hash; +typedef struct HashElem HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +** +** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. +** Hash.first points to the head of this list. +** +** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in +** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the +** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. +** +** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements +** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage +** the hash table. +*/ +struct Hash { + unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + struct _ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct HashElem { + HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Hash h; +** HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) +/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ +/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ + +#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_WITHOUT 25 +#define TK_COMMA 26 +#define TK_ID 27 +#define TK_INDEXED 28 +#define TK_ABORT 29 +#define TK_ACTION 30 +#define TK_AFTER 31 +#define TK_ANALYZE 32 +#define TK_ASC 33 +#define TK_ATTACH 34 +#define TK_BEFORE 35 +#define TK_BY 36 +#define TK_CASCADE 37 +#define TK_CAST 38 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 39 +#define TK_CONFLICT 40 +#define TK_DATABASE 41 +#define TK_DESC 42 +#define TK_DETACH 43 +#define TK_EACH 44 +#define TK_FAIL 45 +#define TK_FOR 46 +#define TK_IGNORE 47 +#define TK_INITIALLY 48 +#define TK_INSTEAD 49 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 50 +#define TK_MATCH 51 +#define TK_NO 52 +#define TK_KEY 53 +#define TK_OF 54 +#define TK_OFFSET 55 +#define TK_PRAGMA 56 +#define TK_RAISE 57 +#define TK_REPLACE 58 +#define TK_RESTRICT 59 +#define TK_ROW 60 +#define TK_TRIGGER 61 +#define TK_VACUUM 62 +#define TK_VIEW 63 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 64 +#define TK_REINDEX 65 +#define TK_RENAME 66 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 67 +#define TK_ANY 68 +#define TK_OR 69 +#define TK_AND 70 +#define TK_IS 71 +#define TK_BETWEEN 72 +#define TK_IN 73 +#define TK_ISNULL 74 +#define TK_NOTNULL 75 +#define TK_NE 76 +#define TK_EQ 77 +#define TK_GT 78 +#define TK_LE 79 +#define TK_LT 80 +#define TK_GE 81 +#define TK_ESCAPE 82 +#define TK_BITAND 83 +#define TK_BITOR 84 +#define TK_LSHIFT 85 +#define TK_RSHIFT 86 +#define TK_PLUS 87 +#define TK_MINUS 88 +#define TK_STAR 89 +#define TK_SLASH 90 +#define TK_REM 91 +#define TK_CONCAT 92 +#define TK_COLLATE 93 +#define TK_BITNOT 94 +#define TK_STRING 95 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 96 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 97 +#define TK_DEFAULT 98 +#define TK_NULL 99 +#define TK_PRIMARY 100 +#define TK_UNIQUE 101 +#define TK_CHECK 102 +#define TK_REFERENCES 103 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 104 +#define TK_ON 105 +#define TK_INSERT 106 +#define TK_DELETE 107 +#define TK_UPDATE 108 +#define TK_SET 109 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 110 +#define TK_FOREIGN 111 +#define TK_DROP 112 +#define TK_UNION 113 +#define TK_ALL 114 +#define TK_EXCEPT 115 +#define TK_INTERSECT 116 +#define TK_SELECT 117 +#define TK_DISTINCT 118 +#define TK_DOT 119 +#define TK_FROM 120 +#define TK_JOIN 121 +#define TK_USING 122 +#define TK_ORDER 123 +#define TK_GROUP 124 +#define TK_HAVING 125 +#define TK_LIMIT 126 +#define TK_WHERE 127 +#define TK_INTO 128 +#define TK_VALUES 129 +#define TK_INTEGER 130 +#define TK_FLOAT 131 +#define TK_BLOB 132 +#define TK_REGISTER 133 +#define TK_VARIABLE 134 +#define TK_CASE 135 +#define TK_WHEN 136 +#define TK_THEN 137 +#define TK_ELSE 138 +#define TK_INDEX 139 +#define TK_ALTER 140 +#define TK_ADD 141 +#define TK_TO_TEXT 142 +#define TK_TO_BLOB 143 +#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 144 +#define TK_TO_INT 145 +#define TK_TO_REAL 146 +#define TK_ISNOT 147 +#define TK_END_OF_FILE 148 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 149 +#define TK_SPACE 150 +#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 151 +#define TK_FUNCTION 152 +#define TK_COLUMN 153 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 154 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 155 +#define TK_UMINUS 156 +#define TK_UPLUS 157 + +/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +# define float sqlite_int64 +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 +# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) +# endif +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 +# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#endif + +/* +** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 +#else +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#endif + +/* +** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever +** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the +** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format +** that the library can read. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#endif + +/* +** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be +** changed at run-time using a pragma. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 +#endif + +/* +** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified +** on the command-line +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it +** ourselves. +*/ +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. +*/ +#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) +#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) + +/* +** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or +** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +*/ +#if 'A' == '\301' +# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#endif + +/* +** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures +** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the +** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** +** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +*/ +#ifndef UINT32_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T +# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t +# else +# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T +# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t +# else +# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T +# define INT16_TYPE int16_t +# else +# define INT16_TYPE short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T +# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t +# else +# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T +# define INT8_TYPE int8_t +# else +# define INT8_TYPE signed char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ +typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ +typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ + +/* +** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value +** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value +** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we +** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) + +/* +** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a +** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of +** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer +** can be used at compile-time if desired. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS + typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ +#else + typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ +#endif + +/* +** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit +** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This +** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. +** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. +** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst +** of 40. However, since LogEst quantatites are suppose to be estimates, +** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. +** +** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithimic Estimate". +** +** Examples: +** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 +** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 +** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 +** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 +** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 +** +** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. +** Examples: +** +** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 +*/ +typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; + +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** evaluated at runtime. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; +#endif +#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ + || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE +#else +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +#endif + +/* +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. +*/ +#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) + +/* +** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used +** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. +*/ +#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) + +/* +** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 +*/ +#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) + +/* +** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This +** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets +** all alignment restrictions correct. +** +** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the +** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned +** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) +#else +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) +#endif + +/* +** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work +*/ +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS +*/ +#ifdef __APPLE__ +# include +# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# if defined(__linux__) \ + || defined(_WIN32) \ + || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ + || defined(__sun) +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ +# else +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger +** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does +** not exceed the maximum mmap size. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined. +** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also +** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler +** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** +** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy +** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite +** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler +** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. +*/ +typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; +struct BusyHandler { + int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ + void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ + int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ +}; + +/* +** Name of the master database table. The master database table +** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all +** user tables and indices. +*/ +#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" +#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" + +/* +** The root-page of the master database table. +*/ +#define MASTER_ROOT 1 + +/* +** The name of the schema table. +*/ +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) + +/* +** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in +** an array. +*/ +#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + +/* +** Determine if the argument is a power of two +*/ +#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) + +/* +** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC +** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) + +/* +** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does +** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. +** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from +** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered +** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD +** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable +** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated +** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer +** for the run-time allocated buffer. +** +** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL +** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD const + #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); +#else + #define SQLITE_WSD + #define GLOBAL(t,v) v + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the +** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, +** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. +** +** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, +** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. +** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to +** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. +** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these +** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. +*/ +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) + +/* +** Forward references to structures +*/ +typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; +typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; +typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; +typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; +typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; +typedef struct Column Column; +typedef struct Db Db; +typedef struct Schema Schema; +typedef struct Expr Expr; +typedef struct ExprList ExprList; +typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; +typedef struct FKey FKey; +typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; +typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; +typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; +typedef struct IdList IdList; +typedef struct Index Index; +typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; +typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; +typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; +typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; +typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; +typedef struct Module Module; +typedef struct NameContext NameContext; +typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct RowSet RowSet; +typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; +typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; +typedef struct SrcList SrcList; +typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; +typedef struct Table Table; +typedef struct TableLock TableLock; +typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct Trigger Trigger; +typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; +typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; +typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; +typedef struct VTable VTable; +typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; +typedef struct Walker Walker; +typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; + +/* +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque +** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. +*/ +/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file +** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description +** of what each interface routine does. +*/ +#ifndef _BTREE_H_ +#define _BTREE_H_ + +/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It +** needs to be revisited. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 + +/* +** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise +** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ + +/* +** Forward declarations of structure +*/ +typedef struct Btree Btree; +typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; +typedef struct BtShared BtShared; + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ +); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the +** following values. +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in +** pager.h. +*/ +#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ +#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ +#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR +** of the flags shown below. +** +** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. +** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data +** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With +** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored +** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL +** indices.) +*/ +#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ +#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); + +/* +** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an +** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: +** +** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) +** +** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of +** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at +** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). +*/ +#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 +#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 +#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 +#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 +#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 +#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 +#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 +#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 +#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 + +/* +** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an +** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call. +*/ +#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ + int iTable, /* Index of root page */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ + struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ + BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( + BtCursor*, + UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, + i64 intKey, + int bias, + int *pRes +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, + const void *pData, int nData, + int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask); + +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + +/* +** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to +** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the +** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); +#endif +#else + +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 +# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) + +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 +# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 +#endif + + +#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ + +/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) +** +** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine +** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a +** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +/* #include */ + +/* +** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines +** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides +** of this structure. +*/ +typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; + +/* +** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required +** for the VdbeOp definition. +*/ +typedef struct Mem Mem; +typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; + +/* +** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode +** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded +** as an instance of the following structure: +*/ +struct VdbeOp { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ + u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ + u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ + int p1; /* First operand */ + int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + int p3; /* The third parameter */ + union { /* fourth parameter */ + int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ + void *p; /* Generic pointer */ + char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ + i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ + double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ + VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ + int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); + } p4; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ +#endif +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ + u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; + + +/* +** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. +*/ +struct SubProgram { + VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ + int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ + int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ + void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ + SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ +}; + +/* +** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because +** it takes up less space. +*/ +struct VdbeOpList { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p1; /* First operand */ + signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; + +/* +** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type +*/ +#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ +#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ +#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ +#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ +#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ +#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ +#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ +#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ +#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ +#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ +#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ +#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ +#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ + +/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ +#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 +#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 +#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 +#define P5_ConstraintFK 4 + +/* +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** number of columns of data returned by the statement. +*/ +#define COLNAME_NAME 0 +#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 +#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 +#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 +#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ +# else +# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field +** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that +** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling +** the macro again restores the address. +*/ +#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) + +/* +** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" +** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. +*/ +/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ +#define OP_Function 1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Savepoint 2 +#define OP_AutoCommit 3 +#define OP_Transaction 4 +#define OP_SorterNext 5 +#define OP_PrevIfOpen 6 +#define OP_NextIfOpen 7 +#define OP_Prev 8 +#define OP_Next 9 +#define OP_AggStep 10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Checkpoint 11 +#define OP_JournalMode 12 +#define OP_Vacuum 13 +#define OP_VFilter 14 /* synopsis: iPlan=r[P3] zPlan='P4' */ +#define OP_VUpdate 15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ +#define OP_Goto 16 +#define OP_Gosub 17 +#define OP_Return 18 +#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ +#define OP_Yield 20 +#define OP_HaltIfNull 21 /* synopsis: if r[P3] null then halt */ +#define OP_Halt 22 +#define OP_Integer 23 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ +#define OP_Int64 24 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_String 25 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Null 26 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ +#define OP_Blob 27 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Variable 28 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ +#define OP_Move 29 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ +#define OP_Copy 30 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ +#define OP_SCopy 31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_ResultRow 32 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ +#define OP_CollSeq 33 +#define OP_AddImm 34 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ +#define OP_MustBeInt 35 +#define OP_RealAffinity 36 +#define OP_Permutation 37 +#define OP_Compare 38 +#define OP_Jump 39 +#define OP_Once 40 +#define OP_If 41 +#define OP_IfNot 42 +#define OP_Column 43 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */ +#define OP_Affinity 44 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_MakeRecord 45 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_Count 46 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ +#define OP_ReadCookie 47 +#define OP_SetCookie 48 +#define OP_VerifyCookie 49 +#define OP_OpenRead 50 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenWrite 51 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 52 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 53 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_SorterOpen 54 +#define OP_OpenPseudo 55 /* synopsis: content in r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_Close 56 +#define OP_SeekLt 57 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekLe 58 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGe 59 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGt 60 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Seek 61 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2] */ +#define OP_NoConflict 62 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotFound 63 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Found 64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotExists 65 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_Sequence 66 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_NewRowid 67 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Insert 68 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Or 69 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ +#define OP_And 70 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ +#define OP_InsertInt 71 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Delete 72 +#define OP_ResetCount 73 +#define OP_IsNull 74 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_NotNull 75 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_Ne 76 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Eq 77 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Gt 78 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Le 79 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Lt 80 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_SorterCompare 82 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ +#define OP_BitAnd 83 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ +#define OP_BitOr 84 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 85 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Add 87 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ +#define OP_Subtract 88 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ +#define OP_Multiply 89 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ +#define OP_Divide 90 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ +#define OP_Remainder 91 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ +#define OP_Concat 92 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ +#define OP_SorterData 93 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_BitNot 94 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */ +#define OP_String8 95 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ +#define OP_RowKey 96 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key */ +#define OP_RowData 97 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_Rowid 98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_NullRow 99 +#define OP_Last 100 +#define OP_SorterSort 101 +#define OP_Sort 102 +#define OP_Rewind 103 +#define OP_SorterInsert 104 +#define OP_IdxInsert 105 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxDelete 106 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_IdxRowid 107 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_IdxLT 108 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGE 109 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Destroy 110 +#define OP_Clear 111 +#define OP_CreateIndex 112 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_CreateTable 113 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_ParseSchema 114 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 115 +#define OP_DropTable 116 +#define OP_DropIndex 117 +#define OP_DropTrigger 118 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 119 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 120 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ +#define OP_RowSetRead 121 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ +#define OP_RowSetTest 122 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ +#define OP_Program 123 +#define OP_Param 124 +#define OP_FkCounter 125 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ +#define OP_FkIfZero 126 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_MemMax 127 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ +#define OP_IfPos 128 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfNeg 129 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfZero 130 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_Real 131 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_AggFinal 132 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ +#define OP_IncrVacuum 133 +#define OP_Expire 134 +#define OP_TableLock 135 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ +#define OP_VBegin 136 +#define OP_VCreate 137 +#define OP_VDestroy 138 +#define OP_VOpen 139 +#define OP_VColumn 140 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ +#define OP_VNext 141 +#define OP_ToText 142 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ +#define OP_ToBlob 143 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ +#define OP_ToNumeric 144 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC */ +#define OP_ToInt 145 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ +#define OP_ToReal 146 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ +#define OP_VRename 147 +#define OP_Pagecount 148 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 149 +#define OP_Trace 150 +#define OP_Noop 151 +#define OP_Explain 152 + + +/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in +** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c +** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: +*/ +#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ +#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ +/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\ +/* 16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\ +/* 24 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,\ +/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\ +/* 40 */ 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ +/* 48 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11,\ +/* 64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\ +/* 72 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ +/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ +/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00, 0x24, 0x02,\ +/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 104 */ 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\ +/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 120 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\ +/* 128 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04,\ +/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 152 */ 0x00,} + +/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ + +/* +** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation +** for a description of what each of these routines does. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); +#endif + +/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on +** each VDBE opcode. +** +** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op +** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code +** generator. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# else +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +# endif +#else +# define VdbeComment(X) +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page +** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +*/ + +#ifndef _PAGER_H_ +#define _PAGER_H_ + +/* +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 +#endif + +/* +** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file +** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +*/ +typedef u32 Pgno; + +/* +** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +*/ +typedef struct Pager Pager; + +/* +** Handle type for pages. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; + +/* +** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is +** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to +** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c +** for details. +*/ +#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) + +/* +** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +*/ +#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). +*/ +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 + +/* +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +*/ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ + +/* +** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire(). +*/ +#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ +#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ + +/* +** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() +*/ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */ +#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ +#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ + +/* +** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** a detailed description of each routine. +*/ + +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs*, + Pager **ppPager, + const char*, + int, + int, + int, + void(*)(DbPage*) +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); + +/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); + +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); +#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); + +/* Operations on page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); + +/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); + +/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); + +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); +#endif + +/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); + void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); + void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ + +/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. +*/ + +#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ + +typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; +typedef struct PCache PCache; + +/* +** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following +** structure. +*/ +struct PgHdr { + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ + void *pData; /* Page data */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ + PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ + Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ +#endif + u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ + + /********************************************************************** + ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c + ** and should not be accessed by other modules. + */ + i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ + PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ + + PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ + PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ +}; + +/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ +#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before + ** writing this page to the database */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ +#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ +#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ + +#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */ + +/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); + +/* Page cache buffer management: +** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); + +/* Create a new pager cache. +** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. +** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( + int szPage, /* Size of every page */ + int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ + int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ + int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ + void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ + PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ +); + +/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); + +/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate +** storage space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); + +/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. +** Reference counted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ + +/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); + +/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); + +/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); + +/* Reset and close the cache object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); + +/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); + +/* Discard the contents of the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); + +/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); + +/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); + +/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); + +#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** library is built. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); +#endif + +/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit +** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum +** of the suggested cache-sizes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); +#endif + +/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); + +#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ + +/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file +** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that +** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. +** +** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up +** being included by every source file. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ +#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other +** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, +** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER +** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other +** three will be 0. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# else +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +# endif +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# endif +#else +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# endif +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN +# include +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. +** +** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for win98 or winNT +** using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: +** +** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +** #else +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 +** #endif +** +** However, vs2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as it ought to, +** so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that everything is +** winNT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise by setting +** SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much +** reduced API. +*/ +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of +** the full Win32 API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 +#endif + +/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it +** a no-op +*/ +#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC +# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) +#endif + +/* +** The default size of a disk sector +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 +#endif + +/* +** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random +** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the +** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. +** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the +** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits +** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done +** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. +** +** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then +** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it +** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the +** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but +** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart +** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid +** of the file. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX +# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" +#endif + +/* +** The following values may be passed as the second argument to +** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: +** +** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. +** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at +** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. +** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at +** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new +** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. +** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. +** +** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a +** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING +** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to +** sqlite3OsLock(). +*/ +#define NO_LOCK 0 +#define SHARED_LOCK 1 +#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 +#define PENDING_LOCK 3 +#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 + +/* +** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) +** +** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because +** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and +** UnlockFile(). +** +** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. +** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. +** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking +** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. +** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from +** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. +** +** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, +** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks +** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used +** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme +** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. +** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single +** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. +** +** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. +** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which +** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** +** The same locking strategy and +** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having +** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file +** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever +** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between +** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by +** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. +** +** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store +** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates +** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so +** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. +** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE +** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. +** +** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible +** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice +** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. +** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the +** 1GB boundary. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) +#else +# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte +#endif +#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) +#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) +#define SHARED_SIZE 510 + +/* +** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); + + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); + +/* +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); + +#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ + +/************** End of os.h **************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. +** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available +** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code +** better organized. +** +** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. +** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file +** include this one indirectly. +*/ + + +/* +** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The +** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden +** at start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No +** mutual exclusion is provided. But this +** implementation can be overridden at +** start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. +*/ +#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +#endif +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) +# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +# else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +/* +** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. +*/ +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3MutexEnd() +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) +#else +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + + +/* +** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance +** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures +** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and +** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional +** databases may be attached. +*/ +struct Db { + char *zName; /* Name of this database */ + Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ + u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. +** +** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is +** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. +** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple +** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. +** +** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that +** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by +** sqlite3_close(). +* +** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order +** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be +** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. +** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. +*/ +struct Schema { + int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ + int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ + Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ + Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ + Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ + Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ + Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ + u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ + u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ +}; + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Db.pSchema->flags field. +*/ +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) + +/* +** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. +** +** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been +** read into internal hash tables. +** +** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that +** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might +** changes and so the view will need to be reset. +*/ +#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ +#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ +#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ + +/* +** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited +** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) + +/* +** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used +** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects +** associated with a particular database connection. The use of +** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement +** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing +** SQL statements. +** +** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the +** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in +** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot +** objects. +** +** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated +** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot +** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information +** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing +** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that +** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. +*/ +struct Lookaside { + u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ + u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ + u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ + int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ + int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ + int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ + LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ + void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ + void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ +}; +struct LookasideSlot { + LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ +}; + +/* +** A hash table for function definitions. +** +** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. +** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. +*/ +struct FuncDefHash { + FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ +}; + +/* +** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3 { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ + Db *aDb; /* All backends */ + int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ + int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ + i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ + i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ + unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ + int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ + u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ + u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ + u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ + u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ + u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ + signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ + u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ + u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ + u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ + int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ + int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ + int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ + int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ + struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ + int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ + u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ + u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ + } init; + int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ + int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ + int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ + int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ + int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ + void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ + void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ + void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ + void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ + int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pUpdateArg; + void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); + void *pWalArg; +#endif + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); + void *pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ + union { + volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ + double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ + } u1; + Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + /* Access authorization function */ + void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ + void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ + unsigned nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ + Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ + VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ + VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ + VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ +#endif + FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ + Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ + BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ + Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ + Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ + int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ + int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ + int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ + int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER + ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. + ** + ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to + ** unlock so that it can proceed. + ** + ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried + ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks + ** held by Y. + */ + sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ + sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ + void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ + sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. +*/ +#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ +#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000004 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000010 /* OK to spill pager cache */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ +#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ + /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ + /* the count using a callback. */ +#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ + /* result set is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ +#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ +#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ +#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */ +#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00020000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ +#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00040000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ +#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00080000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ +#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ +#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00800000 /* True to enable triggers */ +#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x01000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ +#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x02000000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x04000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ + + +/* +** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the +** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to +** selectively disable various optimizations. +*/ +#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */ +#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */ +#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ +#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ +#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x0010 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */ +#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ +#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */ +#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ +#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */ +#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */ +#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ +#define SQLITE_Stat3 0x0800 /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */ +#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst 0x1000 /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */ +#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ + +/* +** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) +#else +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0 +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1 +#endif + +/* +** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization +** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. +*/ +#define ConstFactorOk(P) \ + ((P)->cookieGoto>0 && OptimizationEnabled((P)->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst)) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. +** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other +** than being distinct from one another. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ + +/* +** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc +** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table +** points to a linked list of these structures. +*/ +struct FuncDef { + i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ + u16 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ + FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ + char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ + FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as +** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When +** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, +** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to +** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether +** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor +** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated +** FuncDestructor. +** +** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference +** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor +** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. +*/ +struct FuncDestructor { + int nRef; + void (*xDestroy)(void *); + void *pUserData; +}; + +/* +** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF +** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There +** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x040 /* Built-in length() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ + +/* +** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are +** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. +** +** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The +** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available +** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If +** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. +** +** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. +** +** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) +** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by +** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters +** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to +** FUNCTION(). +** +** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C +** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made +** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The +** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags +** parameter. +*/ +#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ + {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ + (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} + +/* +** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at +** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently +** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe +** OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +struct Savepoint { + char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Number of deferred imm fk. */ + Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ +}; + +/* +** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), +** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 +#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 +#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 + + +/* +** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an +** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule +** hash table. +*/ +struct Module { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ + const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ + void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance +** of this structure. +*/ +struct Column { + char *zName; /* Name of this column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ + char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ + char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ + char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ + u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ + char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ + u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of this column. INT==1 */ + u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ +}; + +/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: +*/ +#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ +#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ + +/* +** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and +** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. +** +** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the +** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined +** collating sequence may not be read or written. +*/ +struct CollSeq { + char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ + void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ + int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); + void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ +}; + +/* +** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ + +/* +** Column affinity types. +** +** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and +** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve +** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. +** +** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, +** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and +** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. +** +** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing +** for a numeric type is a single comparison. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' +#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' +#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' + +#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) + +/* +** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an +** affinity value. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 + +/* +** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without +** changing the affinity. +*/ +#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ +#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ +#define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ + +/* +** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in +** the database schema. +** +** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this +** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared +** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique +** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table +** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between +** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database +** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database +** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method +** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers +** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database +** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. +** +** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared +** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by +** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. +** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual +** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the +** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct +** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. +** +** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the +** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not +** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed +** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to +** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the +** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected +** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done +** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. +** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an +** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect +** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. +** +** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by +** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as +** the first argument. +*/ +struct VTable { + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ + Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ + int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ + VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ +}; + +/* +** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the +** following structure. +** +** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original +** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for +** comparisons. +** +** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a +** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. +** +** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of +** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note +** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to +** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of +** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid +** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if +** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. +** +** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the +** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend +** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that +** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set +** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted +** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum +** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root +** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a +** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause +** of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct Table { + char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ + Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ + Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ + Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ +#endif + tRowcnt nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ + int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ + i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ + i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ + u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ + u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ + u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ + char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ + VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ +#endif + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ + Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. +*/ +#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ +#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ +#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ +#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ +#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ +#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x20 /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ + + +/* +** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is +** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual +** table support is omitted from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +#else +# define IsVirtual(X) 0 +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#endif + +/* Does the table have a rowid */ +#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) + +/* +** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. +** +** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is +** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign +** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. +** Consider this example: +** +** CREATE TABLE ex1( +** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, +** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) +** ); +** +** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** Equivalent names: +** +** from-table == child-table +** to-table == parent-table +** +** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure +** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when +** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +** +** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. +** +** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) +** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. +*/ +struct FKey { + Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ + char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ + FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ + /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ + Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ + } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ +}; + +/* +** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint +** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation +** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction +** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process +** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, +** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that +** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior +** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback +** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint +** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error +** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused +** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or +** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. +** +** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. +** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the +** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign +** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the +** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the +** foreign key. +** +** The following symbolic values are used to record which type +** of action to take. +*/ +#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ +#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ +#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ +#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ +#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ +#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ + +#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ +#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ +#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ +#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ + +#define OE_Default 10 /* Do whatever the default action is */ + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** comparison of the two index keys. +** +** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There +** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot +** for the rowid at the end. +*/ +struct KeyInfo { + u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ + u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ + u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ + CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds information about a +** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual +** values. +** +** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. +** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store +** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by +** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the +** OP_Column opcode. +** +** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled +** into its constituent fields. +*/ +struct UnpackedRecord { + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ + u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ + u8 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ + Mem *aMem; /* Values */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags +*/ +#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x01 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ +#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x02 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ + +/* +** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an +** instance of the following structure. +** +** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described +** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose +** we have the following table and index: +** +** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); +** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); +** +** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are +** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing +** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. +** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in +** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. +** +** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns +** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, +** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index +** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution +** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique +** element. +*/ +struct Index { + char *zName; /* Name of this index */ + i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ + Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ + char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ + Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */ + int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ + LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ + u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ + u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + unsigned autoIndex:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ + unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ + unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ + unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ + unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ + int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ + tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ + IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory +** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the +** analyze.c source file for additional information. +*/ +struct IndexSample { + void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ + int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ + tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ + tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ +}; + +/* +** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of +** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. +** +** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and +** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn +** and Token.n when Token.z==0. +*/ +struct Token { + const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ + unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate +** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. +** +** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a +** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in +** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate +** code for that node. +** +** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the +** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These +** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. +*/ +struct AggInfo { + u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly + ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ + u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather + ** than the source table */ + int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ + int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ + int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ + struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ + Table *pTab; /* Source table */ + int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ + int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ + int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ + } *aCol; + int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ + int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. + ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to + ** aggregate functions */ + struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ + } *aFunc; + int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ +}; + +/* +** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. +** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater +** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because +** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user +** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications +** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want +** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them +** the option is available (at compile-time). +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 +typedef i16 ynVar; +#else +typedef int ynVar; +#endif + +/* +** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance +** of this structure. +** +** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused +** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer +** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused +** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression +** tree. +** +** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, +** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If +** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the +** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), +** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. +** +** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a +** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. +** +** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, +** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". +** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of +** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the +** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is +** valid. +** +** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. +** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is +** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and +** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the +** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the +** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that +** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. +** +** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark +** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index +** number for that variable. +** +** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer +** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the +** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery +** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing +** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. +** +** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from +** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the +** corresponding table definition. +** +** ALLOCATION NOTES: +** +** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To +** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be +** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes +** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, +** together with Expr.zToken strings. +** +** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when +** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all +** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees +** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that +** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately +** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. +*/ +struct Expr { + u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ + char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ + u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ + union { + char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ + int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ + } u; + + /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no + ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + *********************************************************************/ + + Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ + Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ + union { + ExprList *pList; /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */ + Select *pSelect; /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */ + } x; + + /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no + ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + *********************************************************************/ + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ +#endif + int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column + ** TK_REGISTER: register number + ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old + ** EP_Unlikely: 1000 times likelihood */ + ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid. + ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */ + i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ + i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ + u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op + ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column + ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */ + AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */ + Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */ +}; + +/* +** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. +*/ +#define EP_FromJoin 0x000001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */ +#define EP_Agg 0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ +#define EP_Resolved 0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */ +#define EP_Error 0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */ +#define EP_Distinct 0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ +#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ +#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */ +#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ +#define EP_Collate 0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE opeartor */ + /* unused 0x000200 */ +#define EP_IntValue 0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */ +#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */ +#define EP_Skip 0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */ +#define EP_Reduced 0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */ +#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ +#define EP_Static 0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ +#define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ +#define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ +#define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ +#define EP_Constant 0x080000 /* Node is a constant */ + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Expr.flags field. +*/ +#define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) +#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) +#define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) +#define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) + +/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation, +** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA +** processes but is a no-op for delivery. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) +#else +# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr +** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags +** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. +*/ +#define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */ +#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */ +#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */ + +/* +** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment +** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. +*/ +#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ + +/* +** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a +** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such +** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the +** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can +** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName +** field is not used. +** +** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of +** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and +** column labels. In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a +** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement. However, if +** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name +** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN. This later +** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses. +*/ +struct ExprList { + int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */ + int iECursor; /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */ + struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */ + char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */ + char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */ + u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */ + unsigned done :1; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */ + unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */ + unsigned reusable :1; /* Constant expression is reusable */ + union { + struct { + u16 iOrderByCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */ + u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */ + } x; + int iConstExprReg; /* Register in which Expr value is cached */ + } u; + } *a; /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both +** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an +** expression. +*/ +struct ExprSpan { + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */ + const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */ + const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, +** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: +** +** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; +** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); +** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; +** +** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of +** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement +** +** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... +** +** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. +*/ +struct IdList { + struct IdList_item { + char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */ + int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ + } *a; + int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */ +}; + +/* +** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. +** +** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of +** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size +** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. +*/ +typedef u64 Bitmask; + +/* +** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". +*/ +#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) + +/* +** A bit in a Bitmask +*/ +#define MASKBIT(n) (((Bitmask)1)<<(n)) + +/* +** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. +** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of +** the SrcList.a[] array. +** +** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure +** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that +** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL, +** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can +** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID. +** +** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table +** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. +** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each +** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. +** +** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table +** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. +*/ +struct SrcList { + u8 nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ + u8 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ + struct SrcList_item { + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema to which this item is fixed */ + char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */ + char *zName; /* Name of the table */ + char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ + Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ + Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ + int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ + u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */ + unsigned notIndexed :1; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ + unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ + unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */ +#endif + int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ + Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ + Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<" clause */ + Index *pIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */ + } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */ +}; + +/* +** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field +*/ +#define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */ +#define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */ +#define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */ +#define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */ +#define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */ +#define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */ +#define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */ + + +/* +** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin() +** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member. +*/ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ +#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ +#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ +#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */ +#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */ +#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */ +#define WHERE_AND_ONLY 0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */ +#define WHERE_GROUPBY 0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY 0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */ +#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT 0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */ + +/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct() +*/ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP 0 /* DISTINCT keyword not used */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 /* No duplicates */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 /* All duplicates are adjacent */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3 /* Duplicates are scattered */ + +/* +** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column +** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and +** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may +** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or +** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The +** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for +** other statements. +** +** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most +** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer +** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context +** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found +** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of +** the context containing the match is incremented. +** +** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the +** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the +** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer +** subqueries looking for a match. +*/ +struct NameContext { + Parse *pParse; /* The parser */ + SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */ + ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of result-set columns */ + AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */ + NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */ + int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */ + u8 ncFlags; /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field. +*/ +#define NC_AllowAgg 0x01 /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */ +#define NC_HasAgg 0x02 /* One or more aggregate functions seen */ +#define NC_IsCheck 0x04 /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */ +#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */ +#define NC_PartIdx 0x10 /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure contains all information +** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement. +** +** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause. nOffset is set to 0. +** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the +** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not +** offset). But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations +** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters. +** +** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes. +** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in +** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor +** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time +** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not +** enough information about the compound query is known at that point. +** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences +** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating +** sequences for the ORDER BY clause. +*/ +struct Select { + ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */ + u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */ + u16 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */ + int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ + int addrOpenEphm[3]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ + u64 nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */ + Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */ + Select *pRightmost; /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */ + Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */ + Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for +** "Select Flag". +*/ +#define SF_Distinct 0x0001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */ +#define SF_Resolved 0x0002 /* Identifiers have been resolved */ +#define SF_Aggregate 0x0004 /* Contains aggregate functions */ +#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0008 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ +#define SF_Expanded 0x0010 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ +#define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x0020 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ +#define SF_UseSorter 0x0040 /* Sort using a sorter */ +#define SF_Values 0x0080 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */ +#define SF_Materialize 0x0100 /* Force materialization of views */ +#define SF_NestedFrom 0x0200 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */ +#define SF_MaybeConvert 0x0400 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ + + +/* +** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways. The +** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type". +*/ +#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */ +#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */ +#define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ +#define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */ + +/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ +#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard) + +#define SRT_Output 5 /* Output each row of result */ +#define SRT_Mem 6 /* Store result in a memory cell */ +#define SRT_Set 7 /* Store results as keys in an index */ +#define SRT_Table 8 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ +#define SRT_EphemTab 9 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ +#define SRT_Coroutine 10 /* Generate a single row of result */ + +/* +** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of +** a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct SelectDest { + u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */ + char affSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */ + int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ + int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */ + int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */ +}; + +/* +** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT +** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p +** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that +** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement +** information in case inserts are down within triggers. Triggers do not +** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the +** loading and saving of autoincrement information. +*/ +struct AutoincInfo { + AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */ + Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */ + int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */ + int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */ +}; + +/* +** Size of the column cache +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE +# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10 +#endif + +/* +** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each +** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at +** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been +** completed. +** +** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger +** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of +** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable. +** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same +** values for both pTrigger and orconf. +** +** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns +** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT +** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to +** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. +*/ +struct TriggerPrg { + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */ + TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */ + int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */ + u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */ +}; + +/* +** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 + typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask; +#else + typedef unsigned int yDbMask; +#endif + +/* +** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through +** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to +** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. +** +** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code +** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure +** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of +** each recursion. +** +** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache +** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are +** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being +** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the +** list. +*/ +struct Parse { + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */ + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ + int rc; /* Return code from execution */ + u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ + u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ + u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ + u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */ + u8 nTempInUse; /* Number of aTempReg[] currently checked out */ + u8 nColCache; /* Number of entries in aColCache[] */ + u8 iColCache; /* Next entry in aColCache[] to replace */ + u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */ + u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ + u8 hasCompound; /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ + int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */ + int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */ + int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ + int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */ + int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */ + int ckBase; /* Base register of data during check constraints */ + int iPartIdxTab; /* Table corresponding to a partial index */ + int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */ + int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */ + struct yColCache { + int iTable; /* Table cursor number */ + int iColumn; /* Table column number */ + u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */ + int iLevel; /* Nesting level */ + int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */ + int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */ + } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */ + ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */ + yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ + yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ + int cookieGoto; /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */ + int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */ + int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */ + int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */ + int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */ + Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ + TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ +#endif + AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */ + + /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */ + Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ + Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */ + int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */ + int addrSkipPK; /* Address of instruction to skip PRIMARY KEY index */ + u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */ + u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ + u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */ + u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ + u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ + u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */ + + /* Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after + ** each recursion */ + + int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ + int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */ + u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ + int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ +#endif + int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */ + int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSelectId; /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */ + int iNextSelectId; /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */ +#endif + char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */ + Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ + const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ + Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ + Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ + const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ + Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ + Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */ + Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */ +#endif + Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */ + TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */ +}; + +/* +** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 +#else + #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab) +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used +** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. +*/ +struct AuthContext { + const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ + Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */ +}; + +/* +** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes. +*/ +#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* Set to update db->nChange */ +#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x02 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ +#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ +#define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */ +#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */ +#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE 0x20 /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */ +#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG 0x40 /* OP_Column only used for length() */ +#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG 0x80 /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */ +#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR 0x01 /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */ +#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG 0x02 /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */ +#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */ + +/* + * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of + * struct Trigger. + * + * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. + * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the + * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. + * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the + * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the + * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated + * struct Table. + * + * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list + * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. + */ +struct Trigger { + char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */ + char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ + u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */ + u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */ + IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF trigger, + the is stored here */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */ + Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */ + TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */ + Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */ +}; + +/* +** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants +** determine which. +** +** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. +** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. +*/ +#define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1 +#define TRIGGER_AFTER 2 + +/* + * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement + * that is a part of a trigger-program. + * + * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked + * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the + * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is + * the first step of the trigger-program. + * + * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or + * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the + * value of "op" as follows: + * + * (op == TK_INSERT) + * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm + * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then + * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL. + * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into. + * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then + * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. + * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... + * statement, then this stores the column-names to be + * inserted into. + * + * (op == TK_DELETE) + * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from. + * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. + * Otherwise NULL. + * + * (op == TK_UPDATE) + * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of. + * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. + * Otherwise NULL. + * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update + * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" + * argument. + * + */ +struct TriggerStep { + u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ + u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */ + Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ + Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */ + Token target; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ + ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. VALUES clause for INSERT */ + IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */ + TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */ + TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ +}; + +/* +** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... +** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references +** explicit. +*/ +typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; +struct DbFixer { + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Fix items to this schema */ + int bVarOnly; /* Check for variable references only */ + const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ + const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ + const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ +}; + +/* +** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we +** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. +*/ +struct StrAccum { + sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */ + char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */ + char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ + int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ + int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ + int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */ + u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */ + u8 accError; /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */ +}; +#define STRACCUM_NOMEM 1 +#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG 2 + +/* +** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information +** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. +*/ +typedef struct { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */ + char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */ + int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ + int rc; /* Result code stored here */ +} InitData; + +/* +** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. +** +** This structure also contains some state information. +*/ +struct Sqlite3Config { + int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ + int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ + int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ + int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ + int bUseCis; /* Use covering indices for full-scans */ + int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ + int neverCorrupt; /* Database is always well-formed */ + int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ + int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ + sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ + sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */ + sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */ + void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */ + int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */ + int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ + sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* mmap() space per open file */ + sqlite3_int64 mxMmap; /* Maximum value for szMmap */ + void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */ + int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */ + int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */ + void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */ + int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ + int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ + int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ + /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always + ** initially be zero, however. */ + int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */ + int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */ + int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */ + int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ + int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ + sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */ + int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ + void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ + void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ + int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int); + void *pSqllogArg; +#endif +}; + +/* +** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that +** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database. Instead of: +** +** assert( X ); +** +** One writes: +** +** assert( X || CORRUPT_DB ); +** +** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation. CORRUPT_DB does not indicate +** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt. +** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special +** sqlite3_test_control(). This enables assert() statements to prove +** things that are always true for well-formed databases. +*/ +#define CORRUPT_DB (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0) + +/* +** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk. +*/ +struct Walker { + int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */ + int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */ + int walkerDepth; /* Number of subqueries */ + u8 bSelectDepthFirst; /* Do subqueries first */ + union { /* Extra data for callback */ + NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */ + int i; /* Integer value */ + SrcList *pSrcList; /* FROM clause */ + struct SrcCount *pSrcCount; /* Counting column references */ + } u; +}; + +/* Forward declarations */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); + +/* +** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their +** callbacks. +*/ +#define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */ +#define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */ +#define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */ + +/* +** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, +** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \ + if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \ + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \ + } \ +} + +/* +** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with +** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke +** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated +** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place +** to set a debugger breakpoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) +#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) + + +/* +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +#endif + +/* +** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also +** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)) +# include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(), +** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The +** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20)) +# define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01) +# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06) +# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02) +# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04) +# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08) +# define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)]) +#else +# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x)) +#endif + +/* +** Internal function prototypes +*/ +#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); +#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); + +/* +** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make +** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default, +** obtain space from malloc(). +** +** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths +** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA +# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) +# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) +# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) +#else +# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) +# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) +# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double); +#else +# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...); +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*); +#endif + +/* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*); +#else +# define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X) +# define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B) +# define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B) +# define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B) +# define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X) +# define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0 +#endif + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, + sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, u8 iBatch, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); +#else +# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); +#else +# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X) +# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeCoroutine(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, + Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, + Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, + Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, u8); +#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP 0x01 /* Deep, not shallow copies */ +#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR 0x02 /* Factor out constant terms */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(Vdbe*, const Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int, + u8,u8,int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, + Expr*,int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, + int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int); + void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*, + ExprList*,Select*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); +# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) +#else +# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0 +# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B) +# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) +# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) +# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) +# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F) +# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0 +# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p +# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int); +#else +# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d) +# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) +# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst); + +/* +** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to +** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c +** file. Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions +** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which +** the MACRO form does). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); + +/* +** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers. +** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte. +** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode +** and decode of the integers in a record header. It is faster for the common +** case where the integer is a single byte. It is a little slower when the +** integer is two or more bytes. But overall it is faster. +** +** The following expressions are equivalent: +** +** x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B ); +** x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B ); +** +** x = getVarint32( A, B ); +** x = putVarint32( A, B ); +** +*/ +#define getVarint32(A,B) \ + (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) +#define putVarint32(A,B) \ + (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ + sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B))) +#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint +#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + defined(SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); +#else +# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, + void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; +#endif +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*); +#endif + +/* +** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*); +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); +#else + #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3VtabClear(Y) +# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) +# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) +# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 +# define sqlite3VtabLock(X) +# define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) +# define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) +# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y) ((VTable*)0) +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); +# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); +#endif + +/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by +** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign +** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but +** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In +** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is +** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); +#else + #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f) + #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f) + #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c) + #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0 + #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**); +#else + #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) + #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e) +#endif + + +/* +** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0 +#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1 + +/* +** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign" +** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +** is not defined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void); +#else + #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() + #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() +#endif + +#define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1 +#define IN_INDEX_EPH 2 +#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC 3 +#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC 4 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p); +#else + #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile) + #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int); +#else + #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y) + #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0 + #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y) +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db); +#else + #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) + #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) + #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); +#endif + +/* +** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable +** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to +** print I/O tracing messages. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE +# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); +#else +# define IOTRACE(A) +# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) +#endif + +/* +** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator +** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory +** allocations are properly tracked by the system. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of +** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with +** a single bit set. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** +** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP +** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means +** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was +** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify +** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not +** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the +** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify +** this constraint. +** +** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into +** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); +#else +# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ +# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 +# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 +#endif +#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Might have been lookaside memory */ +#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_DB 0x10 /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */ + +#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */ + +/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 June 13 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants. +*/ + +/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding +** lower-case character. +** +** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not +** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables +** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, + 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, + 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, + 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, + 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, + 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, + 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, + 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, + 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, + 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, + 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, + 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, + 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, + 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, + 252,253,254,255 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */ + 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */ + 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */ + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */ + 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */ + 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */ + 96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */ + 112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */ + 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */ + 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */ + 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */ + 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */ + 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */ + 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */ + 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */ + 239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in +** equivalents to the following standard library functions: +** +** isspace() 0x01 +** isalpha() 0x02 +** isdigit() 0x04 +** isalnum() 0x06 +** isxdigit() 0x08 +** toupper() 0x20 +** SQLite identifier character 0x40 +** +** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper +** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character. +** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent +** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as: +** +** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20)) +** +** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] +** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. +** +** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an +** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any +** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is +** part of an identifier is 0x46. +** +** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a +** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */ + 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */ + 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */ + 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */ + 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */ + + 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */ + 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */ + + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */ + + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */ +}; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI +# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 +#endif + +/* +** The following singleton contains the global configuration for +** the SQLite library. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { + SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ + 1, /* bCoreMutex */ + SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ + SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ + SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, /* bUseCis */ + 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ + 0, /* neverCorrupt */ + 128, /* szLookaside */ + 500, /* nLookaside */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */ + (void*)0, /* pHeap */ + 0, /* nHeap */ + 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ + SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE, /* szMmap */ + SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE, /* mxMmap */ + (void*)0, /* pScratch */ + 0, /* szScratch */ + 0, /* nScratch */ + (void*)0, /* pPage */ + 0, /* szPage */ + 0, /* nPage */ + 0, /* mxParserStack */ + 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ + /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */ + 0, /* isInit */ + 0, /* inProgress */ + 0, /* isMutexInit */ + 0, /* isMallocInit */ + 0, /* isPCacheInit */ + 0, /* pInitMutex */ + 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ + 0, /* xLog */ + 0, /* pLogArg */ + 0, /* bLocaltimeFault */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + 0, /* xSqllog */ + 0 /* pSqllogArg */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all +** database connections. After initialization, this table is +** read-only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; + +/* +** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = { + { "0", 1 }, + { "1", 1 } +}; + + +/* +** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the +** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses +** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts +** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign +** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. +** +** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to +** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to +** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller +** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to +** move the pending byte. +** +** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than +** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! +** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined +** and dileterious behavior. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; +#endif + +/* +** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is +** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained +** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in +** the vdbe.c file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; + +/************** End of global.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options +** SQLite was built with. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + + +/* +** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should +** be sorted A-Z. +** +** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses +** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually +** rather short and uses little memory space. +*/ +static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { + +/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define +** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */ +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) + +#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID + "32BIT_ROWID", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC + "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + "CHECK_PAGES", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST + "COVERAGE_TEST", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + "DEBUG", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE), +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc) + "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + "DISABLE_DIRSYNC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS + "DISABLE_LFS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + "ENABLE_CEROD", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + "ENABLE_FTS1", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + "ENABLE_FTS2", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + "ENABLE_FTS3", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS + "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 + "ENABLE_FTS4", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + "ENABLE_ICU", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE + "ENABLE_IOTRACE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS3", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS5", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK + "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + "ENABLE_RTREE", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + "ENABLE_STAT4", +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) + "ENABLE_STAT3", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + "HAS_CODEC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN + "HAVE_ISNAN", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + "INT64_TYPE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE + "LOCK_TRACE", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc) + "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY + "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + "MEMDEBUG", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT + "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + "NO_SYNC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + "OMIT_ALTERTABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + "OMIT_ANALYZE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH + "OMIT_ATTACH", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + "OMIT_AUTOINIT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + "OMIT_AUTORESET", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + "OMIT_CAST", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + "OMIT_CHECK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + "OMIT_COMPLETE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + "OMIT_DECLTYPE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + "OMIT_DEPRECATED", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + "OMIT_DISKIO", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + "OMIT_EXPLAIN", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + "OMIT_GET_TABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + "OMIT_INCRBLOB", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + "OMIT_LOCALTIME", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + "OMIT_LOOKASIDE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + "OMIT_MEMORYDB", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA + "OMIT_PRAGMA", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX + "OMIT_REINDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + "OMIT_SUBQUERY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + "OMIT_TEMPDB", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + "OMIT_TRACE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "OMIT_TRIGGER", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + "OMIT_UTF16", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM + "OMIT_VACUUM", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + "OMIT_VIEW", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + "OMIT_WAL", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + "OMIT_WSD", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + "OMIT_XFER_OPT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG + "PROXY_DEBUG", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + "RTREE_INT_ONLY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + "SECURE_DELETE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK + "SMALL_STACK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + "SOUNDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC + "SYSTEM_MALLOC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TCL + "TCL", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc) + "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + "TEST", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) + "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA + "USE_ALLOCA", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC + "WIN32_MALLOC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC + "ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +}; + +/* +** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option +** was used and false if not. +** +** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix +** is not required for a match. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ + int i, n; + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); + + /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a + ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */ + for(i=0; i=0 && NaDb[] (or -1) */ + u8 nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ + u8 rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */ + u8 deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ + Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ + Bool isTable:1; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */ + Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */ + Bool multiPseudo:1; /* Multi-register pseudo-cursor */ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */ + i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ + i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ + i64 lastRowid; /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */ + + /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the + ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches + ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of + ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that + ** the cache is out of date. + ** + ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might + ** be NULL. + */ + u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ + u32 payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ + u32 szRow; /* Byte available in aRow */ + u32 iHdrOffset; /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */ + const u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ + u32 aType[1]; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ + /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one + ** static element declared in the structure. nField total array slots for + ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; + +/* +** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type +** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as +** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific +** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, +** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, +** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program +** began executing. +** +** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory +** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or +** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it +** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame +** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing +** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive +** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the +** child frame are released. +** +** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is +** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program. +*/ +typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; +struct VdbeFrame { + Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ + VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */ + Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */ + Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */ + u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */ + void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ + i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ + int nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ + int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */ + int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ + int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ + int nOnceFlag; /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */ + int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ + int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ + int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */ +}; + +#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) + +/* +** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. +*/ +#define CACHE_STALE 0 + +/* +** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem +** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, +** integer etc.) of the same value. +*/ +struct Mem { + sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ + char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ + double r; /* Real value */ + union { + i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ + int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ + RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */ + } u; + int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ + u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ + u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */ + u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ + void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */ +#endif + void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */ + char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */ +}; + +/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK +** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. +** +** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. +** No other flags may be set in this case. +** +** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. +** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main +** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also +** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real +** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. +*/ +#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ +#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ +#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ +#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ +#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ +#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */ +#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */ +#define MEM_Invalid 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */ +#define MEM_Cleared 0x0100 /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */ +#define MEM_TypeMask 0x01ff /* Mask of type bits */ + + +/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of +** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management +** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the +** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated +*/ +#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ +#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */ +#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ +#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ +#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ +#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + #undef MEM_Zero + #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 +#endif + +/* +** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f +*/ +#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ + ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) + +/* +** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro +** is for use inside assert() statements only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Invalid)==0 +#endif + +/* +** Each auxilliary data pointer stored by a user defined function +** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance +** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM +** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed +** when the VM is halted (if not before). +*/ +struct AuxData { + int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */ + int iArg; /* Index of function argument. */ + void *pAux; /* Aux data pointer */ + void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ + AuxData *pNext; /* Next element in list */ +}; + +/* +** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an +** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used +** implement the SQL functions. +** +** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, +** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. +** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this +** structure are known. +** +** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures +** (Mem) which are only defined there. +*/ +struct sqlite3_context { + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */ + Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */ + Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */ + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* The VM that owns this context */ + int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function */ + int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ + u8 skipFlag; /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */ + u8 fErrorOrAux; /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */ +}; + +/* +** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful +** in describing recursive data structures. +*/ +struct Explain { + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */ + StrAccum str; /* The string being accumulated */ + int nIndent; /* Number of elements in aIndent */ + u16 aIndent[100]; /* Levels of indentation */ + char zBase[100]; /* Initial space */ +}; + +/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures. Always follow with :N where +** N is the number of bits. +*/ +typedef unsigned bft; /* Bit Field Type */ + +/* +** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete +** state of the virtual machine. +** +** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare() +** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. +** +** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of +** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is +** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This +** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute +** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of +** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table +** method function. +*/ +struct Vdbe { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ + Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ + Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ + Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ + Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ + Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ + int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ + int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */ + int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ + int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ + u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ + int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ + Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ + Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ + char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ + ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ + ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */ + u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ + int pc; /* The program counter */ + int rc; /* Value to return */ + u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ + u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ + bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ + bft inVtabMethod:2; /* See comments above */ + bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */ + bft expired:1; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ + bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */ + bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */ + bft readOnly:1; /* True for statements that do not write */ + bft bIsReader:1; /* True for statements that read */ + bft isPrepareV2:1; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */ + bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */ + int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ + yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ + yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */ + int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ + u32 aCounter[5]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ +#endif + i64 iCurrentTime; /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */ + i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ + i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ + i64 nStmtDefImmCons; /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ + void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN + Explain *pExplain; /* The explainer */ + char *zExplain; /* Explanation of data structures */ +#endif + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ + VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */ + int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ + u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */ + int nOnceFlag; /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */ + u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Flags for OP_Once */ + AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */ +}; + +/* +** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic +*/ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ + +/* +** Function prototypes +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); +void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int); + +int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p); +#define VdbeMemRelease(X) \ + if((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame)) \ + sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); + #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) +#else + #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK + #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ + +/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/ + +/* +** Variables in which to record status information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { + int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ + int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ +} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; + + +/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat) +# define wsdStat x[0] +#else +# define wsdStatInit +# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat +#endif + +/* +** Return the current value of a status parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){ + wsdStatInit; + assert( op>=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } +} + +/* +** Set the value of a status to X. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){ + wsdStatInit; + assert( op>=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } +} + +/* +** Query status information. +** +** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned +** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true, +** then this routine is not threadsafe. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){ + wsdStatInit; + if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op]; + if( resetFlag ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Query status information for a single database connection +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */ + int op, /* Status verb */ + int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */ + int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */ + int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: { + *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut; + *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut; + if( resetFlag ){ + db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + } + break; + } + + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: { + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 ); + *pCurrent = 0; + *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]; + if( resetFlag ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used + ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The + ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: { + int totalUsed = 0; + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager); + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + *pCurrent = totalUsed; + *pHighwater = 0; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed + ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: { + int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){ + HashElem *p; + + nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( + pSchema->tblHash.count + + pSchema->trigHash.count + + pSchema->idxHash.count + + pSchema->fkeyHash.count + ); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht); + + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + } + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nByte; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store all prepared statements. + ** *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: { + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe); + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nByte; + + break; + } + + /* + ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all + ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set + ** to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{ + int i; + int nRet = 0; + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 ); + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 ); + + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt); + sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet); + } + } + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nRet; + break; + } + + /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign + ** key constraints. Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints + ** have been satisfied. The *pHighwater is always set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: { + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0; + break; + } + + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of status.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2003 October 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time +** functions for SQLite. +** +** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function +** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. +** All other code has file scope. +** +** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The +** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon +** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian +** calendar system. +** +** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 +** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 +** +** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number +** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can +** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider +** range of dates. +** +** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, +** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually +** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some +** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. +** +** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions +** in the following text: +** +** Jean Meeus +** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 +** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 +** Willmann-Bell, Inc +** Richmond, Virginia (USA) +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +#include + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + + +/* +** A structure for holding a single date and time. +*/ +typedef struct DateTime DateTime; +struct DateTime { + sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */ + int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ + int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ + int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ + double s; /* Seconds */ + char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */ + char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */ + char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */ + char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */ +}; + + +/* +** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments +** come in groups of 5 as follows: +** +** N number of digits in the integer +** min minimum allowed value of the integer +** max maximum allowed value of the integer +** nextC first character after the integer +** pVal where to write the integers value. +** +** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. +** The function returns the number of successful conversions. +*/ +static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ + va_list ap; + int val; + int N; + int min; + int max; + int nextC; + int *pVal; + int cnt = 0; + va_start(ap, zDate); + do{ + N = va_arg(ap, int); + min = va_arg(ap, int); + max = va_arg(ap, int); + nextC = va_arg(ap, int); + pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); + val = 0; + while( N-- ){ + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; + zDate++; + } + if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + *pVal = val; + zDate++; + cnt++; + }while( nextC ); +end_getDigits: + va_end(ap); + return cnt; +} + +/* +** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. +** The extension is of the form: +** +** (+/-)HH:MM +** +** Or the "zulu" notation: +** +** Z +** +** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes +** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs, +** return non-zero. +** +** A missing specifier is not considered an error. +*/ +static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int sgn = 0; + int nHr, nMn; + int c; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } + p->tz = 0; + c = *zDate; + if( c=='-' ){ + sgn = -1; + }else if( c=='+' ){ + sgn = +1; + }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){ + zDate++; + goto zulu_time; + }else{ + return c!=0; + } + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); +zulu_time: + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } + return *zDate!=0; +} + +/* +** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. +** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The +** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. +** +** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. +*/ +static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int h, m, s; + double ms = 0.0; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + if( *zDate==':' ){ + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 2; + if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){ + double rScale = 1.0; + zDate++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ + ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; + rScale *= 10.0; + zDate++; + } + ms /= rScale; + } + }else{ + s = 0; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = h; + p->m = m; + p->s = s + ms; + if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; + p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume +** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. +** +** Reference: Meeus page 61 +*/ +static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; + + if( p->validJD ) return; + if( p->validYMD ){ + Y = p->Y; + M = p->M; + D = p->D; + }else{ + Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ + M = 1; + D = 1; + } + if( M<=2 ){ + Y--; + M += 12; + } + A = Y/100; + B = 2 - A + (A/4); + X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100; + X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000; + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000); + p->validJD = 1; + if( p->validHMS ){ + p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000); + if( p->validTZ ){ + p->iJD -= p->tz*60000; + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Parse dates of the form +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM +** YYYY-MM-DD +** +** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 +** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed +** date. +*/ +static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, neg; + + if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ + zDate++; + neg = 1; + }else{ + neg = 0; + } + if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 10; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } + if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + /* We got the time */ + }else if( *zDate==0 ){ + p->validHMS = 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validYMD = 1; + p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; + p->M = M; + p->D = D; + if( p->validTZ ){ + computeJD(p); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS. +** +** Return the number of errors. +*/ +static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ + p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); + if( p->iJD>0 ){ + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return +** the number of errors. +** +** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM +** DDDD.DD +** now +** +** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional +** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion +** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long +** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long +** as there is a year and date. +*/ +static int parseDateOrTime( + sqlite3_context *context, + const char *zDate, + DateTime *p +){ + double r; + if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ + return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); + }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ + int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; + if( p->validYMD ) return; + if( !p->validJD ){ + p->Y = 2000; + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + }else{ + Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000); + A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25); + A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); + B = A + 1524; + C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25); + D = (36525*C)/100; + E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001); + X1 = (int)(30.6001*E); + p->D = B - D - X1; + p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; + p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; + } + p->validYMD = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ + int s; + if( p->validHMS ) return; + computeJD(p); + s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000); + p->s = s/1000.0; + s = (int)p->s; + p->s -= s; + p->h = s/3600; + s -= p->h*3600; + p->m = s/60; + p->s += s - p->m*60; + p->validHMS = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute both YMD and HMS +*/ +static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ + computeYMD(p); + computeHMS(p); +} + +/* +** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ +*/ +static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; +} + +/* +** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available +** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to +** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the +** order of the parameters is reversed. +** +** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. +** +** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() +** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides +** localtime_s(). +*/ +#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \ + defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) +#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME +/* +** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r() +** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that +** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and +** non-zero on any kind of error. +** +** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this +** routine will always fail. +** +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C +** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of +** local time. +*/ +static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ + int rc; +#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \ + && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) + struct tm *pX; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + pX = localtime(t); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0; +#endif + if( pX ) *pTm = *pX; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + rc = pX==0; +#else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1; +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R + rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0; +#else + rc = localtime_s(pTm, t); +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */ +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME +/* +** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC +** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, +** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. +** +** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value +** is undefined in this case. +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset( + DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */ +){ + DateTime x, y; + time_t t; + struct tm sLocal; + + /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */ + memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal)); + + x = *p; + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only + ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range, + ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this + ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back. + */ + x.Y = 2000; + x.M = 1; + x.D = 1; + x.h = 0; + x.m = 0; + x.s = 0.0; + } else { + int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5); + x.s = s; + } + x.tz = 0; + x.validJD = 0; + computeJD(&x); + t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); + if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1); + *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 0; + } + y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; + y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; + y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; + y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; + y.m = sLocal.tm_min; + y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; + y.validYMD = 1; + y.validHMS = 1; + y.validJD = 0; + y.validTZ = 0; + computeJD(&y); + *pRc = SQLITE_OK; + return y.iJD - x.iJD; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ + +/* +** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are +** as follows: +** +** NNN days +** NNN hours +** NNN minutes +** NNN.NNNN seconds +** NNN months +** NNN years +** start of month +** start of year +** start of week +** start of day +** weekday N +** unixepoch +** localtime +** utc +** +** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error +** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written +** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is +** written to pCtx. +*/ +static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ + int rc = 1; + int n; + double r; + char *z, zBuf[30]; + z = zBuf; + for(n=0; niJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + } + break; + } +#endif + case 'u': { + /* + ** unixepoch + ** + ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of + ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. + */ + if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ + p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 c1; + computeJD(p); + c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iJD -= c1; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + } + } +#endif + break; + } + case 'w': { + /* + ** weekday N + ** + ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of + ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the + ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 + && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8) + && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ + sqlite3_int64 Z; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7; + if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; + p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case 's': { + /* + ** start of TTTTT + ** + ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, + ** or month or year. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; + z += 9; + computeYMD(p); + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = p->m = 0; + p->s = 0.0; + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + computeYMD(p); + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case '+': + case '-': + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': { + double rRounder; + for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){} + if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + rc = 1; + break; + } + if( z[n]==':' ){ + /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the + ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds + ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be + ** omitted. + */ + const char *z2 = z; + DateTime tx; + sqlite3_int64 day; + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++; + memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); + if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; + computeJD(&tx); + tx.iJD -= 43200000; + day = tx.iJD/86400000; + tx.iJD -= day*86400000; + if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD; + computeJD(p); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->iJD += tx.iJD; + rc = 0; + break; + } + z += n; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; + if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } + computeJD(p); + rc = 0; + rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5; + if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder); + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder); + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder); + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder); + }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + int x, y; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->M += (int)r; + x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; + p->Y += x; + p->M -= x*12; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + y = (int)r; + if( y!=r ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); + } + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + int y = (int)r; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->Y += y; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + if( y!=r ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); + } + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + break; + } + default: { + break; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. +** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write +** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 +** on success and 1 if there are any errors. +** +** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined) +** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. +*/ +static int isDate( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv, + DateTime *p +){ + int i; + const unsigned char *z; + int eType; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + if( argc==0 ){ + return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); + } + if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT + || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5); + p->validJD = 1; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ + return 1; + } + } + for(i=1; iaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( n(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + }else{ + z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + } + computeJD(&x); + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ + if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ + z[j++] = zFmt[i]; + }else{ + i++; + switch( zFmt[i] ){ + case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; + case 'f': { + double s = x.s; + if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; + sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); + j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; + case 'W': /* Fall thru */ + case 'j': { + int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ + DateTime y = x; + y.validJD = 0; + y.M = 1; + y.D = 1; + computeJD(&y); + nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000); + if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ + int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ + wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7); + sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); + j += 2; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); + j += 3; + } + break; + } + case 'J': { + sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0); + j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; + case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; + case 's': { + sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", + (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); + j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; + case 'w': { + z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; + break; + } + case 'Y': { + sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + default: z[j++] = '%'; break; + } + } + } + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, + z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC); +} + +/* +** current_time() +** +** This function returns the same value as time('now'). +*/ +static void ctimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + timeFunc(context, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** current_date() +** +** This function returns the same value as date('now'). +*/ +static void cdateFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + dateFunc(context, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** current_timestamp() +** +** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). +*/ +static void ctimestampFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS +/* +** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time +** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version +** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() +** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that +** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. +** +** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() +** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied +** as the user-data for the function. +*/ +static void currentTimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + time_t t; + char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + sqlite3 *db; + sqlite3_int64 iT; + struct tm *pTm; + struct tm sNow; + char zBuf[20]; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); + if( iT<=0 ) return; + t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676; +#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R + pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); +#else + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + pTm = gmtime(&t); + if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +#endif + if( pTm ){ + strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL +** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with +** external linkage. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ), + FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ), + FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ), + FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ), + FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ), + FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ), + FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc), + FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ), +#else + STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), + STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc), + STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), +#endif + }; + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs); + + for(i=0; ipMethods ){ + rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); + pId->pMethods = 0; + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ + return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ + return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); +} + +/* +** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail +** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint() +** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not +** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it +** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint() +** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; + return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ + return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ + return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ + id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ + return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( + sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ + int iPage, + int pgsz, + int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ + return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p); +} +#else +/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ + *pp = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the +** VFS methods. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int flags, + int *pFlagsOut +){ + int rc; + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed + ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before + ** reaching the VFS. */ + rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 ); + return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, + int *pResOut +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nPathOut, + char *zPathOut +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + zPathOut[0] = 0; + return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ + return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ + pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){ + return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ + pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ + return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ + return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){ + int rc; + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() + ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available + ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and + ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is + ** unavailable. + */ + if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){ + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut); + }else{ + double r; + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r); + *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); + } + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zFile, + sqlite3_file **ppFile, + int flags, + int *pOutFlags +){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_file *pFile; + pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile); + if( pFile ){ + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pFile); + }else{ + *ppFile = pFile; + } + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pFile ); + rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile); + sqlite3_free(pFile); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of +** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the +** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an +** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){ + void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_free(p); + return sqlite3_os_init(); +} + +/* +** The list of all registered VFS implementations. +*/ +static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; +#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) + +/* +** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the +** first VFS on the list. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return 0; +#endif +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ + if( zVfs==0 ) break; + if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return pVfs; +} + +/* +** Unlink a VFS from the linked list +*/ +static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); + if( pVfs==0 ){ + /* No-op */ + }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ + vfsList = pVfs->pNext; + }else if( vfsList ){ + sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; + while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ + p = p->pNext; + } + if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ + p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same +** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is +** true. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ + MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + vfsUnlink(pVfs); + if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ + pVfs->pNext = vfsList; + vfsList = pVfs; + }else{ + pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; + vfsList->pNext = pVfs; + } + assert(vfsList); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + vfsUnlink(pVfs); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/************** End of os.c **************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 Jan 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" +** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the +** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory +** and returns 0). +** +** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite +** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually +** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily +** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this +** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The +** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure +** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. +*/ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + +/* +** Global variables. +*/ +typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks; +static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks { + void (*xBenignBegin)(void); + void (*xBenignEnd)(void); +} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks +** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdHooksInit \ + BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks) +# define wsdHooks x[0] +#else +# define wsdHooksInit +# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks +#endif + + +/* +** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and +** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks( + void (*xBenignBegin)(void), + void (*xBenignEnd)(void) +){ + wsdHooksInit; + wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin; + wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd; +} + +/* +** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that +** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() +** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){ + wsdHooksInit; + if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){ + wsdHooks.xBenignBegin(); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){ + wsdHooksInit; + if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){ + wsdHooks.xBenignEnd(); + } +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented +** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These +** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using +** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is +** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time +** macros. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC + +/* +** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; } +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; } +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; } +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; } +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; } +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; } + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */ + +/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when +** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface +** to obtain the memory it needs. +** +** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation +** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. The content of +** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined. The +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined. The +** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this +** file. +** +** C-preprocessor macro summary: +** +** HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE The configure script sets this symbol if +** the malloc_usable_size() interface exists +** on the target platform. Or, this symbol +** can be set manually, if desired. +** If an equivalent interface exists by +** a different name, using a separate -D +** option to rename it. +** +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC Some older macs lack support for the zone +** memory allocator. Set this symbol to enable +** building on older macs. +** +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE Set this symbol to disable the use of +** _msize() on windows systems. This might +** be necessary when compiling for Delphi, +** for example. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is +** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time +** macros. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC +#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) + +/* +** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined. +*/ +#include +#include +#include +static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; +#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x)) +#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x)); +#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y)) +#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \ + (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x)) + +#else /* if not __APPLE__ */ + +/* +** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. +** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) +#define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x) +#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y)) + +/* +** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function +** on some systems (e.g. Linux). +*/ +#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE +/* +** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize(). The +** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with +** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE. Using the _msize() function also requires +** the malloc.h header file. +*/ +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE) +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H +# define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE +#endif + +/* +** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary. Also set define macro +** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize() +** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux). +** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining +** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) +# include +# if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) +# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) +# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x) +# endif +# elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE) +# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) +# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize +# endif +# endif +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */ + +#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */ + +/* +** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation +** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). +** +** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because +** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level +** routines. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte ); + if( p==0 ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); + } + return p; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p; + assert( nByte>0 ); + nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 ); + if( p ){ + p[0] = nByte; + p++; + }else{ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); + } + return (void *)p; +#endif +} + +/* +** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() +** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). +** +** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since +** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with +** by higher-level routines. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + SQLITE_FREE(pPrior); +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + p--; + SQLITE_FREE(p); +#endif +} + +/* +** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() +** or xRealloc(). +*/ +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p; + if( pPrior==0 ) return 0; + p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + p--; + return (int)p[0]; +#endif +} + +/* +** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from +** sqlite3MemMalloc(). +** +** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where +** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and +** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses +** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level +** routines and redirected to xFree. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", + SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte); + } + return p; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); + assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + p--; + p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 ); + if( p ){ + p[0] = nByte; + p++; + }else{ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", + sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte); + } + return (void*)p; +#endif +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ + return ROUND8(n); +} + +/* +** Initialize this module. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) + int cpuCount; + size_t len; + if( _sqliteZone_ ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + len = sizeof(cpuCount); + /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */ + sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0); + if( cpuCount>1 ){ + /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ + _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); + }else{ + /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, + ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ + bool success; + malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); + malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap"); + do{ + success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, + (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_); + }while(!_sqliteZone_); + if( !success ){ + /* somebody registered a zone first */ + malloc_destroy_zone(newzone); + } + } +#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return; +} + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ + +/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when +** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface +** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging +** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory +** leaks and memory usage errors. +** +** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation +** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + +/* +** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC +*/ +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + extern int backtrace(void**,int); + extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); +#else +# define backtrace(A,B) 1 +# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) +#endif +/* #include */ + +/* +** Each memory allocation looks like this: +** +** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | +** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +** +** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have +** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The +** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of +** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the +** MemBlockHdr. +*/ +struct MemBlockHdr { + i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ + struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ + char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ + char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ + u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ + u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */ + int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ +}; + +/* +** Guard words +*/ +#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 +#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 + +/* +** Number of malloc size increments to track. +*/ +#define NCSIZE 1000 + +/* +** All of the static variables used by this module are collected +** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the +** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution +** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. +*/ +static struct { + + /* + ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. + */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; + + /* + ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations + */ + struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; + struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; + + /* + ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. + */ + int nBacktrace; + void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **); + + /* + ** Title text to insert in front of each block + */ + int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ + char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ + + /* + ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. + ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. + */ + int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ + + /* + ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. + ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 + ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for + ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. + */ + int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */ + int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */ + int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */ + +} mem; + + +/* +** Adjust memory usage statistics +*/ +static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){ + int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8; + if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){ + i = NCSIZE - 1; + } + if( increment>0 ){ + mem.nAlloc[i]++; + mem.nCurrent[i]++; + if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){ + mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i]; + } + }else{ + mem.nCurrent[i]--; + assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 ); + } +} + +/* +** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. +** +** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and +** if they are incorrect it asserts. +*/ +static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ + struct MemBlockHdr *p; + int *pInt; + u8 *pU8; + int nReserve; + + p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; + p--; + assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD ); + nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize); + pInt = (int*)pAllocation; + pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; + assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); + /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due + ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure + ** they haven't been overwritten. + */ + while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + if( !p ){ + return 0; + } + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + return (int)pHdr->iSize; +} + +/* +** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 ); + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already + ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */ + mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + mem.mutex = 0; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ + return ROUND8(n); +} + +/* +** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes. This is used to preset +** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and +** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values. +*/ +static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){ + unsigned int x, y, r; + x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf); + y = nByte | 1; + while( nByte >= 4 ){ + x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); + y = y*1103515245 + 12345; + r = x ^ y; + *(int*)pBuf = r; + pBuf += 4; + nByte -= 4; + } + while( nByte-- > 0 ){ + x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); + y = y*1103515245 + 12345; + r = x ^ y; + *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + char *z; + int *pInt; + void *p = 0; + int totalSize; + int nReserve; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + assert( mem.disallow==0 ); + nReserve = ROUND8(nByte); + totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + + mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; + p = malloc(totalSize); + if( p ){ + z = p; + pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; + pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; + pHdr->pNext = 0; + pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; + if( mem.pLast ){ + mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; + }else{ + mem.pFirst = pHdr; + } + mem.pLast = pHdr; + pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; + pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP; + pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; + pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; + if( mem.nBacktrace ){ + void *aAddr[40]; + pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; + memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); + assert(pBt[0]); + if( mem.xBacktrace ){ + mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]); + } + }else{ + pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; + } + if( mem.nTitle ){ + memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); + } + pHdr->iSize = nByte; + adjustStats(nByte, +1); + pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; + pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; + randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte); + memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte); + p = (void*)pInt; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); + return p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + char *z; + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 + || mem.mutex!=0 ); + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); + pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + if( pHdr->pPrev ){ + assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); + pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; + }else{ + assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); + mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; + } + if( pHdr->pNext ){ + assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); + pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; + }else{ + assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); + mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; + } + z = (char*)pBt; + z -= pHdr->nTitle; + adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1); + randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + + (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); + free(z); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. +** +** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the +** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the +** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is +** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find +** the error. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; + void *pNew; + assert( mem.disallow==0 ); + assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); + pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize)); + if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ + randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize); + } + sqlite3MemFree(pPrior); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +/* +** Set the "type" of an allocation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); + pHdr->eType = eType; + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. +** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded +** up to a multiple of 2. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){ + if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } + if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } + depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; + mem.nBacktrace = depth; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){ + mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace; +} + +/* +** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){ + unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; + memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); + mem.zTitle[n] = 0; + mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ + void **pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]); + } +} + +/* +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** allocations into that log. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ + FILE *out; + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + int i; + out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); + if( out==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", + zFilename); + return; + } + for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ + char *z = (char*)pHdr; + z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; + fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", + pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); + if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ + fflush(out); + pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + } + fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); + for(i=0; i=1 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + assert( size>=2 ); + if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); + }else{ + hash = size % N_HASH; + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + } +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted +** at *pRoot. +*/ +static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; + if( *pRoot ){ + mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; + } + *pRoot = i; +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate +** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. +*/ +static void memsys3Link(u32 i){ + u32 size, hash; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( i>=1 ); + assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + assert( size>=2 ); + if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ + memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); + }else{ + hash = size % N_HASH; + memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + } +} + +/* +** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex +** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. +*/ +static void memsys3Enter(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){ + mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); +} +static void memsys3Leave(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); +} + +/* +** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. +*/ +static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ + if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){ + mem3.alarmBusy = 1; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); + sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); + mem3.alarmBusy = 0; + } +} + + +/* +** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its +** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the +** user portion of the chunk. +*/ +static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ + u32 x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( i>=1 ); + assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ); + assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); + x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; + mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2); + mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; + mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; + return &mem3.aPool[i]; +} + +/* +** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. +** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk +** is not large enough, return 0. +*/ +static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); + if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ + /* Use the entire master */ + void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); + mem3.iMaster = 0; + mem3.szMaster = 0; + mem3.mnMaster = 0; + return p; + }else{ + /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ + u32 newi, x; + newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; + assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; + mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; + mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; + mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ + mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; + } + return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; + } +} + +/* +** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size +** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either +** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. +** +** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries +** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. +** +** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces +** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for +** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be +** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of +** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master +** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly +** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. +*/ +static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ + u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ + iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; + assert( (size&1)==0 ); + if( (size&2)==0 ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); + assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; + if( prev==iNext ){ + iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next; + } + memsys3Unlink(prev); + size = i + size/4 - prev; + x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; + memsys3Link(prev); + i = prev; + }else{ + size /= 4; + } + if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ + mem3.iMaster = i; + mem3.szMaster = size; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. +** Return NULL if unable. +** +** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are +** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". +*/ +static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ + u32 i; + u32 nBlock; + u32 toFree; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); + if( nByte<=12 ){ + nBlock = 2; + }else{ + nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8; + } + assert( nBlock>=2 ); + + /* STEP 1: + ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small + ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is + ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). + */ + if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ + i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; + if( i>0 ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); + return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); + } + }else{ + int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; + for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){ + if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); + } + } + } + + /* STEP 2: + ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end + ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. + */ + if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + } + + + /* STEP 3: + ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free + ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. + ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off + ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very + ** rarely (we hope!) + */ + for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ + memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); + if( mem3.iMaster ){ + memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); + mem3.iMaster = 0; + mem3.szMaster = 0; + } + for(i=0; i=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + } + } + } + + /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free an outstanding memory allocation. +** +** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are +** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". +*/ +static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ + Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; + int i; + u32 size, x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] ); + i = p - mem3.aPool; + assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 ); + mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1; + mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; + mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; + memsys3Link(i); + + /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ + if( mem3.iMaster ){ + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ + size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; + mem3.iMaster -= size; + mem3.szMaster += size; + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + } + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); + mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The +** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only +** works for chunks that are currently checked out. +*/ +static int memsys3Size(void *p){ + Mem3Block *pBlock; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; + assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 ); + return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int memsys3Roundup(int n){ + if( n<=12 ){ + return 12; + }else{ + return ((n+11)&~7) - 4; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate nBytes of memory. +*/ +static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ + sqlite3_int64 *p; + assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */ + memsys3Enter(); + p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + memsys3Leave(); + return (void*)p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){ + assert( pPrior ); + memsys3Enter(); + memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + memsys3Leave(); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + int nOld; + void *p; + if( pPrior==0 ){ + return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); + } + if( nBytes<=0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pPrior); + return 0; + } + nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); + if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ + return pPrior; + } + memsys3Enter(); + p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + if( p ){ + if( nOld>1)!=(size&1) ){ + fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); + assert( 0 ); + break; + } + if( size&1 ){ + fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); + }else{ + fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, + i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); + } + } + for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ + fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], + (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ + fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], + (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); + fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); + fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); + if( out==stdout ){ + fflush(stdout); + }else{ + fclose(out); + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The +** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. +** +** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore +** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = { + memsys3Malloc, + memsys3Free, + memsys3Realloc, + memsys3Size, + memsys3Roundup, + memsys3Init, + memsys3Shutdown, + 0 + }; + return &mempoolMethods; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */ + +/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 October 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all +** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, +** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot +** be changed. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included +** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. +** +** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm: +** +** 1. All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2. +** +** 2. If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block, +** then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block. +** +** 3. New memory is allocated from the first available free block. +** +** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions +** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for +** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. +** +** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum +** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M +** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let +** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson +** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to +** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: +** +** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 +** +** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so +** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is used only when +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + +/* +** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure. +** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the +** size of the array is a power of 2. +** +** The size of this object must be a power of two. That fact is +** verified in memsys5Init(). +*/ +typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link; +struct Mem5Link { + int next; /* Index of next free chunk */ + int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */ +}; + +/* +** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); + assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); + + next = MEM5LINK(i)->next; + prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev; + if( prev<0 ){ + mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next; + }else{ + MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next; + } + if( next>=0 ){ + MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev; + } +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize +** free list. +*/ +static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){ + int x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) ); + assert( i>=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); + assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); + + x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; + MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1; + if( x>=0 ){ + assert( xprev = i; + } + mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i; +} + +/* +** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex +** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. +*/ +static void memsys5Enter(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex); +} +static void memsys5Leave(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex); +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The +** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only +** works for chunks that are currently checked out. +*/ +static int memsys5Size(void *p){ + int iSize = 0; + if( p ){ + int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); + assert( i>=0 && i0 ); + + /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled + ** requests are counted */ + if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){ + mem5.maxRequest = nByte; + } + + /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest + ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers. + */ + if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */ + for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSzLOGMAX ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte); + return 0; + } + i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]; + memsys5Unlink(i, iBin); + while( iBin>iLogsize ){ + int newSize; + + iBin--; + newSize = 1 << iBin; + mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin; + memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin); + } + mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize; + + /* Update allocator performance statistics. */ + mem5.nAlloc++; + mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz; + mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte; + mem5.currentCount++; + mem5.currentOut += iFullSz; + if( mem5.maxCount=0 && iBlock0 ); + assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) ); + mem5.currentCount--; + mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom; + assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 ); + assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 ); + + mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; + while( ALWAYS(iLogsize>iLogsize) & 1 ){ + iBuddy = iBlock - size; + }else{ + iBuddy = iBlock + size; + } + assert( iBuddy>=0 ); + if( (iBuddy+(1<mem5.nBlock ) break; + if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break; + memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize); + iLogsize++; + if( iBuddy0 ){ + memsys5Enter(); + p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + memsys5Leave(); + } + return (void*)p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +** +** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from +** being called with pPrior==0. +*/ +static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + memsys5Enter(); + memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + memsys5Leave(); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. +** +** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from +** being called with pPrior==0. +** +** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to +** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power +** of two. If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation +** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this +** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior. +*/ +static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + int nOld; + void *p; + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + if( nBytes==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior); + if( nBytes<=nOld ){ + return pPrior; + } + memsys5Enter(); + p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + if( p ){ + memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); + memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + } + memsys5Leave(); + return p; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. If +** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system, +** return 0. +** +** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a +** 32-bit signed integer. Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000 +** or 1073741824 bytes. +*/ +static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ + int iFullSz; + if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0; + for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz 0 +** memsys5Log(2) -> 1 +** memsys5Log(4) -> 2 +** memsys5Log(5) -> 3 +** memsys5Log(8) -> 3 +** memsys5Log(9) -> 4 +*/ +static int memsys5Log(int iValue){ + int iLog; + for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<mem5.szAtom ){ + mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1; + } + + mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8))); + mem5.zPool = zByte; + mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom]; + + for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){ + mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1; + } + + iOffset = 0; + for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){ + int nAlloc = (1<mem5.nBlock); + } + + /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){ + mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + mem5.mutex = 0; + return; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** allocations into that log. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ + FILE *out; + int i, j, n; + int nMinLog; + + if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ + out = stdout; + }else{ + out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); + if( out==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", + zFilename); + return; + } + } + memsys5Enter(); + nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom); + for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){ + for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){} + fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n); + } + fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc); + fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc); + fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess); + fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut); + fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest); + memsys5Leave(); + if( out==stdout ){ + fflush(stdout); + }else{ + fclose(out); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods +** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = { + memsys5Malloc, + memsys5Free, + memsys5Realloc, + memsys5Size, + memsys5Roundup, + memsys5Init, + memsys5Shutdown, + 0 + }; + return &memsys5Methods; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */ + +/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. +** +** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. +*/ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) +/* +** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized +** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to +** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +/* +** Initialize the mutex system. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ + /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not + ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to + ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to + ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; + sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); + }else{ + pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); + } + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc)); + memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree, + sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree)); + pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; + } + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by +** sqlite3MutexInit(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0; +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + return 0; + } + assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); +} + +/* +** Free a dynamic mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); + } +} + +/* +** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block +** until it can be obtained. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); + } +} + +/* +** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another +** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously +** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex +** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument +** this function is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); + } +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use inside assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 07 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. +** +** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual +** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications +** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined +** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working +** mutex routines at start-time using the +** +** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) +** +** interface. +** +** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted +** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being +** called correctly. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Stub routines for all mutex methods. +** +** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. +*/ +static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); + return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; +} +static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + noopMutexInit, + noopMutexEnd, + noopMutexAlloc, + noopMutexFree, + noopMutexEnter, + noopMutexTry, + noopMutexLeave, + + 0, + 0, + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing +** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any +** mutual exclusion. +*/ + +/* +** The mutex object +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { + int id; /* The mutex type */ + int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ +} sqlite3_debug_mutex; + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use inside assert() statements. +*/ +static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + return p==0 || p->cnt>0; +} +static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + return p==0 || p->cnt==0; +} + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ + static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6]; + sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; + switch( id ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->id = id; + pNew->cnt = 0; + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( id-2 >= 0 ); + assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) ); + pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; + pNew->id = id; + break; + } + } + return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; +} + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. +*/ +static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->cnt==0 ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); + p->cnt++; +} +static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); + p->cnt++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); + p->cnt--; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + debugMutexInit, + debugMutexEnd, + debugMutexAlloc, + debugMutexFree, + debugMutexEnter, + debugMutexTry, + debugMutexLeave, + + debugMutexHeld, + debugMutexNotheld + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation +** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + return sqlite3NoopMutex(); +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe +** under unix with pthreads. +** +** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that +** supports recursive mutexes. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS + +#include + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields +** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using +** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 +#endif + +/* +** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3_mutex { + pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + int id; /* Mutex type */ + volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ + volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ + int trace; /* True to trace changes */ +#endif +}; +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 } +#else +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } +#endif + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, +** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to +** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is +** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery +** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a +** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are +** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines +** will not always work correctly on HPUX. +** +** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite +** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to +** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these +** routines are never called. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); +} +static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +**
+** +** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ + static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + }; + sqlite3_mutex *p; + switch( iType ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to + ** build our own. See below. */ + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); +#else + /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ + pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; + pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); + pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); + pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->id = iType; +#endif + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->id = iType; +#endif + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); + assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) ); + p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->id = iType; +#endif + break; + } + } + return p; +} + + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously +** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** mutex that it allocates. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow + ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() + ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self + ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values + ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same + ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions + ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. + */ + { + pthread_t self = pthread_self(); + if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ + p->nRef++; + }else{ + pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + p->owner = self; + p->nRef = 1; + } + } +#else + /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. + */ + pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); + p->owner = pthread_self(); + p->nRef++; +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} +static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + int rc; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow + ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() + ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self + ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values + ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same + ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions + ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. + */ + { + pthread_t self = pthread_self(); + if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ + p->nRef++; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + p->owner = self; + p->nRef = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + } +#else + /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. + */ + if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->owner = pthread_self(); + p->nRef++; +#endif + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; +#endif + assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); + } +#else + pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + pthreadMutexInit, + pthreadMutexEnd, + pthreadMutexAlloc, + pthreadMutexFree, + pthreadMutexEnter, + pthreadMutexTry, + pthreadMutexLeave, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pthreadMutexHeld, + pthreadMutexNotheld +#else + 0, + 0 +#endif + }; + + return &sMutex; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */ + +/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32 +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded +** on a win32 system. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 + +/* +** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3_mutex { + CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ + int id; /* Mutex type */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ + volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ + int trace; /* True to trace changes */ +#endif +}; +#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } +#else +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, +** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. +** +** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack +** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that +** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to +** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or +** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call +** the LockFileEx() API. +** +** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call, +** which is only available if your application was compiled with +** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only +** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef +** this out as well. +*/ +#if 0 +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT +# define mutexIsNT() (1) +#else + static int mutexIsNT(void){ + static int osType = 0; + if( osType==0 ){ + OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; + sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); + GetVersionEx(&sInfo); + osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; + } + return osType==2; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use only inside assert() statements. +*/ +static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); +} +static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ + return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; +} +static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); +} +#endif + + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = { + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +}; +static int winMutex_isInit = 0; +/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part +** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown() +** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not +** strictly necessary. +*/ +static LONG winMutex_lock = 0; + +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */ + +static int winMutexInit(void){ + /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ + if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +** +** +** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ + sqlite3_mutex *p; + + switch( iType ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = iType; +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0); +#else + InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#endif + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); + assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); + assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ); + p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = iType; +#endif + break; + } + } + return p; +} + + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously +** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** mutex that it allocates. +*/ +static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); +#endif + EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); + p->owner = tid; + p->nRef++; + if( p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} +static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif + int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); + /* + ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it + ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always + ** fail. + ** + ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. + ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without + ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. + ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See + ** ticket #2685. + */ +#if 0 + if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ + p->owner = tid; + p->nRef++; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ + printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + assert( p->owner==tid ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; + assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); +#endif + LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + winMutexInit, + winMutexEnd, + winMutexAlloc, + winMutexFree, + winMutexEnter, + winMutexTry, + winMutexLeave, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + winMutexHeld, + winMutexNotheld +#else + 0, + 0 +#endif + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ + +/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. +*/ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently +** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to +** cache database pages that are not currently in use. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); +#else + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine + ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with + ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** An instance of the following object records the location of +** each unused scratch buffer. +*/ +typedef struct ScratchFreeslot { + struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */ +} ScratchFreeslot; + +/* +** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ + + /* + ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem0.mutex lock will + ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into + ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be + ** issued. + */ + sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; + void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int); + void *alarmArg; + + /* + ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory + ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation + ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of + ** unused scratch allocations. + */ + void *pScratchEnd; + ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree; + u32 nScratchFree; + + /* + ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. + */ + int nearlyFull; +} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + +#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) + +/* +** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the +** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap +** limit. +*/ +static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( + void *NotUsed, + sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2, + int allocSize +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); +} + +/* +** Change the alarm callback +*/ +static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm( + void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), + void *pArg, + sqlite3_int64 iThreshold +){ + int nUsed; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; + mem0.alarmArg = pArg; + mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; + nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code +** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm( + void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), + void *pArg, + sqlite3_int64 iThreshold +){ + return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold); +} +#endif + +/* +** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or +** negative value indicates no limit. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ + sqlite3_int64 priorLimit; + sqlite3_int64 excess; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return -1; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + if( n<0 ) return priorLimit; + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n); + }else{ + sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0); + } + excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; + if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); + return priorLimit; +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n); +} + +/* +** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ + sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + } + memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){ + int i, n, sz; + ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz; + pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch; + n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree = n; + for(i=0; ipNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot); + pSlot = pSlot->pNext; + } + pSlot->pNext = 0; + mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1]; + }else{ + mem0.pScratchEnd = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512 + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0; + } + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); +} + +/* +** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other +** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ + return mem0.nearlyFull; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); + } + memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); +} + +/* +** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ + int n, mx; + sqlite3_int64 res; + sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0); + res = (sqlite3_int64)n; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ + return res; +} + +/* +** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been +** checked out since either the beginning of this process +** or since the most recent reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ + int n, mx; + sqlite3_int64 res; + sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag); + res = (sqlite3_int64)mx; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ + return res; +} + +/* +** Trigger the alarm +*/ +static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ + void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); + sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; + void *pArg; + if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return; + xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback; + nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + pArg = mem0.alarmArg; + mem0.alarmCallback = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; + mem0.alarmArg = pArg; +} + +/* +** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the +** lock is already held. +*/ +static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ + int nFull; + void *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) ); + nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n); + if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){ + int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ + mem0.nearlyFull = 1; + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); + }else{ + mem0.nearlyFull = 0; + } + } + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); + } +#endif + if( p ){ + nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); + } + *pp = p; + return nFull; +} + +/* +** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it +** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){ + void *p; + if( n<=0 /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ + || n>=0x7fffff00 + ){ + /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum + ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the + ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving + ** 255 bytes of overhead. SQLite itself will never use anything near + ** this amount. The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */ + p = 0; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ + return p; +} + +/* +** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. +** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the +** allocation. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3Malloc(n); +} + +/* +** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from +** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded +** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation +** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) +static int scratchAllocOut = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away. +** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended +** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This +** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data +** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an +** embedded processor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ + void *p; + assert( n>0 ); + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){ + p = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext; + mem0.nScratchFree--; + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); + n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); + if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH); + } + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) ); + + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) + /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread + ** are outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the + ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case + ** would be much more complicated.) */ + assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 ); + if( p ) scratchAllocOut++; +#endif + + return p; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){ + if( p ){ + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) + /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread + ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the + ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case + ** would be much more complicated.) */ + assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 ); + scratchAllocOut--; +#endif + + if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && ppNext = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree++; + assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch ); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + /* Release memory back to the heap */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE +static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + return p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && plookaside.pEnd; +} +#else +#define isLookaside(A,B) 0 +#endif + +/* +** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from +** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db && isLookaside(db, p) ){ + return db->lookaside.sz; + }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); + } +} + +/* +** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p)); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + } +} + +/* +** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( p==0 ) return; + if( db ){ + if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ + *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p); + return; + } + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */ + memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz); +#endif + pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; + db->lookaside.nOut--; + return; + } + } + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ + int nOld, nNew, nDiff; + void *pNew; + if( pOld==0 ){ + return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */ + } + if( nBytes<=0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */ + return 0; + } + if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ + /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ + return 0; + } + nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second + ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to + ** xRoundup. */ + nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes); + if( nOld==nNew ){ + pNew = pOld; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes); + nDiff = nNew - nOld; + if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= + mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); + } + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes); + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + } + if( pNew ){ + nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ + return pNew; +} + +/* +** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory +** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); +} + + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){ + void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make +** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){ + void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make +** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. +** +** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc +** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. +** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts +** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. +** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the +** code that do things like this: +** +** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100); +** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200); +** if( b ) a[10] = 9; +** +** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed +** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){ + void *p; + assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + if( db ){ + LookasideSlot *pBuf; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return 0; + } + if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){ + if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; + }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[2]++; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; + db->lookaside.nOut++; + db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; + if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ + db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + } + return (void*)pBuf; + } + } + } +#else + if( db && db->mallocFailed ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + if( !p && db ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB | + ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); + return p; +} + +/* +** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the +** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ + void *pNew = 0; + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + if( p==0 ){ + return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + } + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){ + return p; + } + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP); + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | + (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); + } + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p +** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ + void *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These +** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This +** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are +** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the +** ThreadData structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ + char *zNew; + size_t n; + if( z==0 ){ + return 0; + } + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; + assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); + zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); + if( zNew ){ + memcpy(zNew, z, n); + } + return zNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ + char *zNew; + if( z==0 ){ + return 0; + } + assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); + zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1); + if( zNew ){ + memcpy(zNew, z, n); + zNew[n] = 0; + } + return zNew; +} + +/* +** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows. +** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz +** point to that string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz); + *pz = z; +} + + +/* +** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. +** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or +** sqlite3_realloc. +** +** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this +** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous +** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. +** +** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred, +** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) +** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ + /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle + ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed + ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). + */ + assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + db->mallocFailed = 0; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); +} + +/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ +/* +** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in +** the public domain. The original comments are included here for +** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as +** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed +** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). +** +************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These +** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C +** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support +** SQLlite. +*/ + +/* +** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the +** following enumeration. +*/ +#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ +#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ +#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ +#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ +#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ +#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ +#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ +#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ +#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ +/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ +#define etSQLESCAPE 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ +#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', + NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ +#define etTOKEN 12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ +#define etSRCLIST 13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ +#define etPOINTER 14 /* The %p conversion */ +#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ +#define etORDINAL 16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ + +#define etINVALID 0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ + + +/* +** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. +*/ +typedef unsigned char etByte; + +/* +** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described +** by an instance of the following structure +*/ +typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ + char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ + etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ + etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ + etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ + etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ + etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ +} et_info; + +/* +** Allowed values for et_info.flags +*/ +#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ +#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ +#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ + + +/* +** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the +** most frequently used conversion types first. +*/ +static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; +static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; +static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { + { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, + { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, + { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, + { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, + { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, + { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, + { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, + { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, + { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, + { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, + { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, +#endif + { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, + { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, + { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, + +/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal +** use only */ + { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, + { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, + { 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, +}; + +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point +** conversions will work. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 +** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then +** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. +** +** Example: +** input: *val = 3.14159 +** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' +** +** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds +** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is +** always returned. +*/ +static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ + int digit; + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; + if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0'; + (*cnt)--; + digit = (int)*val; + d = digit; + digit += '0'; + *val = (*val - d)*10.0; + return (char)digit; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ + +/* +** Append N space characters to the given string buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){ + static const char zSpaces[] = " "; + while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1); + N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1; + } + if( N>0 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N); + } +} + +/* +** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the +** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70 +#endif +#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ + +/* +** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( + StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ + int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */ + const char *fmt, /* Format string */ + va_list ap /* arguments */ +){ + int c; /* Next character in the format string */ + char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ + int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ + int length; /* Length of the field */ + int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ + int width; /* Width of the current field */ + etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ + etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ + etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ + etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ + etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ + etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ + etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ + etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ + etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ + etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */ + char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ + sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ + const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ + char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */ + int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */ + char *zExtra; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ + int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ + double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ + etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ + etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ +#endif + char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ + + bufpt = 0; + for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ + if( c!='%' ){ + int amt; + bufpt = (char *)fmt; + amt = 1; + while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt); + if( c==0 ) break; + } + if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1); + break; + } + /* Find out what flags are present */ + flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = + flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; + done = 0; + do{ + switch( c ){ + case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; + case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; + case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; + case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; + case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; + case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; + default: done = 1; break; + } + }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); + /* Get the field width */ + width = 0; + if( c=='*' ){ + width = va_arg(ap,int); + if( width<0 ){ + flag_leftjustify = 1; + width = -width; + } + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + width = width*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + } + /* Get the precision */ + if( c=='.' ){ + precision = 0; + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='*' ){ + precision = va_arg(ap,int); + if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + } + }else{ + precision = -1; + } + /* Get the conversion type modifier */ + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_long = 1; + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_longlong = 1; + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + flag_longlong = 0; + } + }else{ + flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; + } + /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ + infop = &fmtinfo[0]; + xtype = etINVALID; + for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ + xtype = infop->type; + }else{ + return; + } + break; + } + } + zExtra = 0; + + /* + ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: + ** + ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. + ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. + ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. + ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the + ** field width was negative. + ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. + ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. + ** width The specified field width. This is + ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. + ** precision The specified precision. The default + ** is -1. + ** xtype The class of the conversion. + ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. + */ + switch( xtype ){ + case etPOINTER: + flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); + flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); + /* Fall through into the next case */ + case etORDINAL: + case etRADIX: + if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ + i64 v; + if( flag_longlong ){ + v = va_arg(ap,i64); + }else if( flag_long ){ + v = va_arg(ap,long int); + }else{ + v = va_arg(ap,int); + } + if( v<0 ){ + if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; + }else{ + longvalue = -v; + } + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + longvalue = v; + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + }else{ + if( flag_longlong ){ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); + }else if( flag_long ){ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); + }else{ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); + } + prefix = 0; + } + if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; + if( flag_zeropad && precisionaccError = STRACCUM_NOMEM; + return; + } + } + bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1]; + if( xtype==etORDINAL ){ + static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd"; + int x = (int)(longvalue % 10); + if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ + x = 0; + } + *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1]; + *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2]; + } + { + register const char *cset; /* Use registers for speed */ + register int base; + cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; + base = infop->base; + do{ /* Convert to ascii */ + *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; + longvalue = longvalue/base; + }while( longvalue>0 ); + } + length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); + for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ + *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ + } + if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ + if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ + const char *pre; + char x; + pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; + for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; + } + length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); + break; + case etFLOAT: + case etEXP: + case etGENERIC: + realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + length = 0; +#else + if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ + if( realvalue<0.0 ){ + realvalue = -realvalue; + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; + for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} + if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; + /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ + exp = 0; + if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ + bufpt = "NaN"; + length = 3; + break; + } + if( realvalue>0.0 ){ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; + while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;} + while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; } + while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; } + while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; } + realvalue /= scale; + while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } + while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } + if( exp>350 ){ + if( prefix=='-' ){ + bufpt = "-Inf"; + }else if( prefix=='+' ){ + bufpt = "+Inf"; + }else{ + bufpt = "Inf"; + } + length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt); + break; + } + } + bufpt = buf; + /* + ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP + ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. + */ + if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ + realvalue += rounder; + if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ + flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; + if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ + xtype = etEXP; + }else{ + precision = precision - exp; + xtype = etFLOAT; + } + }else{ + flag_rtz = flag_altform2; + } + if( xtype==etEXP ){ + e2 = 0; + }else{ + e2 = exp; + } + if( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){ + bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width+15 ); + if( bufpt==0 ){ + pAccum->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM; + return; + } + } + zOut = bufpt; + nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10; + flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; + /* The sign in front of the number */ + if( prefix ){ + *(bufpt++) = prefix; + } + /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ + if( e2<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + for(; e2>=0; e2--){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + } + /* The decimal point */ + if( flag_dp ){ + *(bufpt++) = '.'; + } + /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first + ** significant digit of the number */ + for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ + assert( precision>0 ); + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + } + /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ + while( (precision--)>0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ + if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ + while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; + assert( bufpt>zOut ); + if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ + if( flag_altform2 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + *(--bufpt) = 0; + } + } + } + /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ + if( xtype==etEXP ){ + *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; + if( exp<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; + }else{ + *(bufpt++) = '+'; + } + if( exp>=100 ){ + *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ + exp %= 100; + } + *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ + *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ + } + *bufpt = 0; + + /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. + ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with + ** integer conversions. */ + length = (int)(bufpt-zOut); + bufpt = zOut; + + /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is + ** set and we are not left justified */ + if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ + int i; + int nPad = width - length; + for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ + bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; + } + i = prefix!=0; + while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; + length = width; + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ + break; + case etSIZE: + *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; + length = width = 0; + break; + case etPERCENT: + buf[0] = '%'; + bufpt = buf; + length = 1; + break; + case etCHARX: + c = va_arg(ap,int); + buf[0] = (char)c; + if( precision>=0 ){ + for(idx=1; idx=0 ){ + for(length=0; lengthetBUFSIZE ){ + bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); + if( bufpt==0 ){ + pAccum->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM; + return; + } + }else{ + bufpt = buf; + } + j = 0; + if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; + k = i; + for(i=0; i=0 && precisionz, pToken->n); + } + length = width = 0; + break; + } + case etSRCLIST: { + SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); + int k = va_arg(ap, int); + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; + assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); + if( pItem->zDatabase ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1); + length = width = 0; + break; + } + default: { + assert( xtype==etINVALID ); + return; + } + }/* End switch over the format type */ + /* + ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is + ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do + ** the output. + */ + if( !flag_leftjustify ){ + register int nspace; + nspace = width-length; + if( nspace>0 ){ + sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace); + } + } + if( length>0 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length); + } + if( flag_leftjustify ){ + register int nspace; + nspace = width-length; + if( nspace>0 ){ + sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace); + } + } + sqlite3_free(zExtra); + }/* End for loop over the format string */ +} /* End of function */ + +/* +** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ + assert( z!=0 || N==0 ); + if( p->accError ){ + testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG); + testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return; + } + assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); + if( N<=0 ){ + if( N==0 || z[0]==0 ) return; + N = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + } + if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ + char *zNew; + if( !p->useMalloc ){ + p->accError = STRACCUM_TOOBIG; + N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; + if( N<=0 ){ + return; + } + }else{ + char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText); + i64 szNew = p->nChar; + szNew += N + 1; + if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); + p->accError = STRACCUM_TOOBIG; + return; + }else{ + p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; + } + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc); + } + if( zNew ){ + if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); + p->zText = zNew; + }else{ + p->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM; + sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); + return; + } + } + } + assert( p->zText ); + memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); + p->nChar += N; +} + +/* +** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. +** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL +** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ + if( p->zText ){ + p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; + if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){ + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); + }else{ + p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1); + } + if( p->zText ){ + memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); + }else{ + p->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM; + } + } + } + return p->zText; +} + +/* +** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ + if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){ + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(p->zText); + } + } + p->zText = 0; +} + +/* +** Initialize a string accumulator +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ + p->zText = p->zBase = zBase; + p->db = 0; + p->nChar = 0; + p->nAlloc = n; + p->mxAlloc = mx; + p->useMalloc = 1; + p->accError = 0; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char *z; + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + StrAccum acc; + assert( db!=0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + acc.db = db; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap); + z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting +** the string and before returnning. This routine is intended to be used +** to modify an existing string. For example: +** +** x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x); +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr); + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char *z; + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + StrAccum acc; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + acc.useMalloc = 2; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the +** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we +** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as +** specified by some locales. +** +** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards +** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change +** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the +** mistake. +** +** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + StrAccum acc; + if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0); + acc.useMalloc = 0; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); +} +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message. +** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using +** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled. +** +** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically +** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator +** mutex is held. +*/ +static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */ + char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */ + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0); + acc.useMalloc = 0; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode, + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); +} + +/* +** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; /* Vararg list */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. +** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld +** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + StrAccum acc; + char zBuf[500]; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + acc.useMalloc = 0; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); + fflush(stdout); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(p, 1, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); +} +#endif + +/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number +** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. +** +** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order +** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. +*/ + + +/* All threads share a single random number generator. +** This structure is the current state of the generator. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { + unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ + unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ + unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ +} sqlite3Prng; + +/* +** Return N random bytes. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ + unsigned char t; + unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; + + /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator + ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, + ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common + ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly + ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); +# define wsdPrng p[0] +#else +# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng +#endif + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); +#endif + + /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, + ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does + ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not + ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... + ** + ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of + ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random + ** number generator) not as an encryption device. + */ + if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ + int i; + char k[256]; + wsdPrng.j = 0; + wsdPrng.i = 0; + sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; + } + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; + t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; + wsdPrng.s[i] = t; + } + wsdPrng.isInit = 1; + } + + while( N-- ){ + wsdPrng.i++; + t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; + wsdPrng.j += t; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; + t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; + *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t]; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +/* +** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of +** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or +** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish +** those tasks. +** +** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to +** control the PRNG. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){ + memcpy( + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), + sizeof(sqlite3Prng) + ); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){ + memcpy( + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), + sizeof(sqlite3Prng) + ); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){ + GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of random.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 13 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, +** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. +** +** Notes on UTF-8: +** +** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value +** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx +** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx +** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** +** +** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu) +** +** Word-0 Word-1 Value +** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** +** +** BOM or Byte Order Mark: +** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows +** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows +** +*/ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* +** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and +** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +/* +** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of +** a multi-byte UTF8 character. +*/ +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = (*zIn++); \ + c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = (*zIn++); \ + c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c += (*zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c2 += (*zIn++); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} + +/* +** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. +** +** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points +** is a 0x00. +** +** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. +** +** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: +** +** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to +** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that +** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. +** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between +** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first +** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters +** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically +** invalid characters. +** +** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings +** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length +** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. +*/ +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( + const unsigned char **pz /* Pointer to string from which to read char */ +){ + unsigned int c; + + /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. + ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. + */ + c = *((*pz)++); + if( c>=0xc0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; + while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++)); + } + if( c<0x80 + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } + } + return c; +} + + + + +/* +** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is +** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). +*/ +/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to +** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired +** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ + int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ + unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ + unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ + unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ + unsigned int c; + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); + assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc ); + assert( pMem->enc!=0 ); + assert( pMem->n>=0 ); + +#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { + char zBuf[100]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); + fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf); + } +#endif + + /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then + ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled + ** differently from the others. + */ + if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + u8 temp; + int rc; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; + zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1]; + while( zInenc = desiredEnc; + goto translate_out; + } + + /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */ + if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from + ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character. + ** A single byte is required for the output string + ** nul-terminator. + */ + pMem->n &= ~1; + len = pMem->n * 2 + 1; + }else{ + /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused + ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16 + ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the + ** nul-terminator. + */ + len = pMem->n * 2 + 2; + } + + /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1 + ** byte past the end. + ** + ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained + ** from sqlite3_malloc(). + */ + zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; + zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; + zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len); + if( !zOut ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + z = zOut; + + if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ + /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */ + while( zIn UTF-16 Big-endian */ + while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); + *z++ = 0; + }else{ + assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ + /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ + while( zIn UTF-8 */ + while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); + } + *z = 0; + assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem); + pMem->enc = desiredEnc; + pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn); + pMem->z = (char*)zOut; + pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z; + +translate_out: +#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { + char zBuf[100]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); + fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the +** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and +** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any +** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. +** +** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be +** changed by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 bom = 0; + + assert( pMem->n>=0 ); + if( pMem->n>1 ){ + u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z; + u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1); + if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){ + bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + } + if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){ + bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + } + } + + if( bom ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pMem->n -= 2; + memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n); + pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0'; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0'; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + pMem->enc = bom; + } + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, +** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) +** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the +** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to +** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ + int r = 0; + const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn; + const u8 *zTerm; + if( nByte>=0 ){ + zTerm = &z[nByte]; + }else{ + zTerm = (const u8*)(-1); + } + assert( z<=zTerm ); + while( *z!=0 && zmallocFailed ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + m.z = 0; + } + assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + assert( (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed ); + return m.z; +} + +/* +** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long. +** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters +** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ + int c; + unsigned char const *z = zIn; + int n = 0; + + if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + while( n0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z); + t = i; + if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD; + if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD; + assert( c==t ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } + for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ + if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; + z = zBuf; + WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); + n = (int)(z-zBuf); + assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); + assert( c==i ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } + for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ + if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; + z = zBuf; + WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); + n = (int)(z-zBuf); + assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); + assert( c==i ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. +** +** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing +** strings, and stuff like that. +** +*/ +/* #include */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +# include +#endif + +/* +** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ + static unsigned dummy = 0; + dummy += (unsigned)x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN). +** +** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. +** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ + int rc; /* The value return */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) + /* + ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably + ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. But we have + ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so + ** this implementation is provided as an alternative. + ** + ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math. + ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following + ** warning: + ** + ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any + ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs + ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO + ** rules/specifications for math functions. + ** + ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- + ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN + ** documentation: + ** + ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons + ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN + ** ... + */ +#ifdef __FAST_MATH__ +# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC. +#endif + volatile double y = x; + volatile double z = y; + rc = (y!=z); +#else /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */ + rc = isnan(x); +#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */ + testcase( rc ); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ + +/* +** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in +** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. +** +** The value returned will never be negative. Nor will it ever be greater +** than the actual length of the string. For very long strings (greater +** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ + const char *z2 = z; + if( z==0 ) return 0; + while( *z2 ){ z2++; } + return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z); +} + +/* +** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite +** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code". +** +** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the +** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following +** format characters are allowed: +** +** %s Insert a string +** %z A string that should be freed after use +** %d Insert an integer +** %T Insert a token +** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList +** +** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be +** encoded in UTF-8. +** +** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error +** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set +** to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){ + if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){ + db->errCode = err_code; + if( zFormat ){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else{ + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + } +} + +/* +** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr. +** The following formatting characters are allowed: +** +** %s Insert a string +** %z A string that should be freed after use +** %d Insert an integer +** %T Insert a token +** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList +** +** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst +** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The +** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error +** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error(). +** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution +** (sqlite3_step() etc.). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *zMsg; + va_list ap; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( db->suppressErr ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg); + }else{ + pParse->nErr++; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); + pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } +} + +/* +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. +** +** The input string must be zero-terminated. A new zero-terminator +** is added to the dequoted string. +** +** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the +** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does +** occur. +** +** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style +** brackets from around identifers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes +** "a-b-c". +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; + int i, j; + if( z==0 ) return -1; + quote = z[0]; + switch( quote ){ + case '\'': break; + case '"': break; + case '`': break; /* For MySQL compatibility */ + case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */ + default: return -1; + } + for(i=1, j=0;; i++){ + assert( z[i] ); + if( z[i]==quote ){ + if( z[i+1]==quote ){ + z[j++] = quote; + i++; + }else{ + break; + } + }else{ + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + } + z[j] = 0; + return j; +} + +/* Convenient short-hand */ +#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower + +/* +** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because +** there is no consistency, we will define our own. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and +** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare +** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a +** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ + register unsigned char *a, *b; + a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; + b = (unsigned char *)zRight; + while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } + return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ + register unsigned char *a, *b; + a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; + b = (unsigned char *)zRight; + while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } + return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; +} + +/* +** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. +** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. +** +** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and +** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. +** +** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE +** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers +** are in one of these formats: +** +** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] +** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] +** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] +** +** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining +** validity. +** +** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine +** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result +** into *pResult. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + int incr; + const char *zEnd = z + length; + /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ + int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ + i64 s = 0; /* significand */ + int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ + int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ + int e = 0; /* exponent */ + int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ + double result; + int nDigits = 0; + int nonNum = 0; + + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ + + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + incr = 1; + }else{ + int i; + incr = 2; + assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + for(i=3-enc; i=zEnd ) return 0; + + /* get sign of significand */ + if( *z=='-' ){ + sign = -1; + z+=incr; + }else if( *z=='+' ){ + z+=incr; + } + + /* skip leading zeroes */ + while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + + /* if decimal point is present */ + if( *z=='.' ){ + z+=incr; + /* copy digits from after decimal to significand + ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ + while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + + /* if exponent is present */ + if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ + z+=incr; + eValid = 0; + if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + /* get sign of exponent */ + if( *z=='-' ){ + esign = -1; + z+=incr; + }else if( *z=='+' ){ + z+=incr; + } + /* copy digits to exponent */ + while( z0 ){ + while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10; + }else{ + while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10; + } + + /* adjust the sign of significand */ + s = sign<0 ? -s : s; + + /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate + ** and store in result. */ + if( e ){ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; + /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */ + if( e>307 && e<342 ){ + while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } + if( esign<0 ){ + result = s / scale; + result /= 1.0e+308; + }else{ + result = s * scale; + result *= 1.0e+308; + } + }else if( e>=342 ){ + if( esign<0 ){ + result = 0.0*s; + }else{ + result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */ + } + }else{ + /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be + ** represented exactly. */ + while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } + while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; } + if( esign<0 ){ + result = s / scale; + }else{ + result = s * scale; + } + } + } else { + result = (double)s; + } + } + + /* store the result */ + *pResult = result; + + /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ + return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0; +#else + return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ +} + +/* +** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation +** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive +** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. +** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. +** +** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference +** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the +** last digit. So, for example, +** +** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) +** +** will return -8. +*/ +static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ + int c = 0; + int i; + /* 012345678901234567 */ + const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; + for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ + c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; + } + if( c==0 ){ + c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; + testcase( c==(-1) ); + testcase( c==0 ); + testcase( c==(+1) ); + } + return c; +} + + +/* +** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. +** +** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement +** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0. +** +** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2. This special +** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a +** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be. +** +** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not +** 9223372036854775808 or if zNum contains any non-numeric text, +** then return 1. +** +** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters). +** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is +** given by enc. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){ + int incr; + u64 u = 0; + int neg = 0; /* assume positive */ + int i; + int c = 0; + int nonNum = 0; + const char *zStart; + const char *zEnd = zNum + length; + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + incr = 1; + }else{ + incr = 2; + assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + for(i=3-enc; i='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ + u = u*10 + c - '0'; + } + if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ + *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; + }else if( neg ){ + *pNum = -(i64)u; + }else{ + *pNum = (i64)u; + } + testcase( i==18 ); + testcase( i==19 ); + testcase( i==20 ); + if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]19*incr || nonNum ){ + /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer + ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */ + return 1; + }else if( i<19*incr ){ + /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ + assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); + return 0; + }else{ + /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers. Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */ + c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr); + if( c<0 ){ + /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */ + assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); + return 0; + }else if( c>0 ){ + /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ + return 1; + }else{ + /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The + ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ + assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); + return neg ? 0 : 2; + } + } +} + +/* +** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set +** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false. +** +** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored. +** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the +** input number to be zero-terminated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ + sqlite_int64 v = 0; + int i, c; + int neg = 0; + if( zNum[0]=='-' ){ + neg = 1; + zNum++; + }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){ + zNum++; + } + while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; + for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){ + v = v*10 + c; + } + + /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits: + ** + ** 1234567890 + ** 2^31 -> 2147483648 + */ + testcase( i==10 ); + if( i>10 ){ + return 0; + } + testcase( v-neg==2147483647 ); + if( v-neg>2147483647 ){ + return 0; + } + if( neg ){ + v = -v; + } + *pValue = (int)v; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the +** string is not an integer, just return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ + int x = 0; + if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); + return x; +} + +/* +** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** 28 bits - BBBA +** 35 bits - BBBBA +** 42 bits - BBBBBA +** 49 bits - BBBBBBA +** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA +** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC +*/ + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number +** of bytes written is returned. +** +** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte +** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th +** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full +** 8 bits and is the last byte. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ + int i, j, n; + u8 buf[10]; + if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ + p[8] = (u8)v; + v >>= 8; + for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ + p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + } + return 9; + } + n = 0; + do{ + buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + buf[0] &= 0x7f; + assert( n<=9 ); + for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ + p[i] = buf[j]; + } + return n; +} + +/* +** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only +** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for +** the common case of small integers. A MACRO version, putVarint32, +** is provided which inlines the single-byte case. All code should use +** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has +** already been handled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ +#ifndef putVarint32 + if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){ + p[0] = v; + return 1; + } +#endif + if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){ + p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80); + p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f); + return 2; + } + return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v); +} + +/* +** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants +** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions +** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. +** +** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f +** +** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 +*/ +#define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f +#define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f + + +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ + u32 a,b,s; + + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + *v = a; + return 1; + } + + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 2; + } + + /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ + assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_2_0; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 3; + } + + /* CSE1 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_2_0; + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 4; + } + + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + s = a; + /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 5; + } + + /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + s = s<<7; + s |= b; + /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 6; + } + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>11; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 7; + } + + /* CSE2 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_4_2_0; + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>4; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 8; + } + + p++; + a = a<<15; + a |= *p; + /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ + + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<8; + a |= b; + + s = s<<4; + b = p[-4]; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b>>3; + s |= b; + + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + + return 9; +} + +/* +** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. +** +** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned +** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. +** +** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the +** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as +** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ + u32 a,b; + + /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. Handled inline + ** by the getVarin32() macro */ + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ +#ifndef getVarint32 + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 0 and 127 */ + *v = a; + return 1; + } +#endif + + /* The 2-byte case */ + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 2; + } + + /* The 3-byte case */ + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ + a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 3; + } + + /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. + ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. + ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size + ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. + ** + ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very + ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint + ** routine. + */ +#if 1 + { + u64 v64; + u8 n; + + p -= 2; + n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); + assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); + if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ + *v = 0xffffffff; + }else{ + *v = (u32)v64; + } + return n; + } + +#else + /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an + ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases. This code is + ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test. + */ + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */ + b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + a = a<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 4; + } + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */ + a &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b = b<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 5; + } + + /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database + ** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively + ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the + ** value. */ + { + u64 v64; + u8 n; + + p -= 4; + n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); + assert( n>5 && n<=9 ); + *v = (u32)v64; + return n; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given +** 64-bit integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){ + int i = 0; + do{ + i++; + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) ); + return i; +} + + +/* +** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ + return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ + p[0] = (u8)(v>>24); + p[1] = (u8)(v>>16); + p[2] = (u8)(v>>8); + p[3] = (u8)v; +} + + + +/* +** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. +** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal +** character: 0..9a..fA..F +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ + assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + h += 9*(1&(h>>6)); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + h += 9*(1&~(h>>4)); +#endif + return (u8)(h & 0xf); +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) +/* +** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary +** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the +** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by +** the calling routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ + char *zBlob; + int i; + + zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1); + n--; + if( zBlob ){ + for(i=0; imagic; + if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){ + if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + logBadConnection("unopened"); + } + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){ + u32 magic; + magic = db->magic; + if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK && + magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && + magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + logBadConnection("invalid"); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against +** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA. +** Return 0 on success. Or if the operation would have resulted in an +** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + i64 iA = *pA; + testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 ); + testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 ); + if( iB>=0 ){ + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB ); + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 ); + if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1; + *pA += iB; + }else{ + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 ); + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 ); + if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; + *pA += iB; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 ); + if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 ); + if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1; + *pA -= iB; + return 0; + }else{ + return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB); + } +} +#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32) +#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + i64 iA = *pA; + i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r; + + iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32; + iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32; + iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32; + iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32; + if( iA1*iB1 != 0 ) return 1; + assert( iA1*iB0==0 || iA0*iB1==0 ); + r = iA1*iB0 + iA0*iB1; + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 ); + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 ); + if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1; + r *= TWOPOWER32; + if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1; + *pA = r; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or +** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ + if( x>=0 ) return x; + if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; + return -x; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +/* +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database +** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and +** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than +** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three +** characters of the original suffix. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always +** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. +** +** Examples: +** +** test.db-journal => test.nal +** test.db-wal => test.wal +** test.db-shm => test.shm +** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) ) +#endif + { + int i, sz; + sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} + if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is +** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic +** value. +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){ + static const unsigned char x[] = { + 10, 10, /* 0,1 */ + 9, 9, /* 2,3 */ + 8, 8, /* 4,5 */ + 7, 7, 7, /* 6,7,8 */ + 6, 6, 6, /* 9,10,11 */ + 5, 5, 5, /* 12-14 */ + 4, 4, 4, 4, /* 15-18 */ + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, /* 19-24 */ + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* 25-31 */ + }; + if( a>=b ){ + if( a>b+49 ) return a; + if( a>b+31 ) return a+1; + return a+x[a-b]; + }else{ + if( b>a+49 ) return b; + if( b>a+31 ) return b+1; + return b+x[b-a]; + } +} + +/* +** Convert an integer into a LogEst. In other words, compute a +** good approximatation for 10*log2(x). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){ + static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; + LogEst y = 40; + if( x<8 ){ + if( x<2 ) return 0; + while( x<8 ){ y -= 10; x <<= 1; } + }else{ + while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; } + while( x>15 ){ y += 10; x >>= 1; } + } + return a[x&7] + y - 10; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Convert a double into a LogEst +** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){ + u64 a; + LogEst e; + assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 ); + if( x<=1 ) return 0; + if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x); + memcpy(&a, &x, 8); + e = (a>>52) - 1022; + return e*10; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** Convert a LogEst into an integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ + u64 n; + if( x<10 ) return 1; + n = x%10; + x /= 10; + if( n>=5 ) n -= 2; + else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1; + if( x>=3 ){ + return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3); + } + return (n+8)>>(3-x); +} + +/************** End of util.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables +** used in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include */ + +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; +} + +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ + HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + sqlite3_free(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + sqlite3_free(elem); + elem = next_elem; + } + pH->count = 0; +} + +/* +** The hashing function. +*/ +static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){ + int h = 0; + assert( nKey>=0 ); + while( nKey > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; + nKey--; + } + return h; +} + + +/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH. If pEntry!=0 then also +** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket. +*/ +static void insertElement( + Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + if( pEntry ){ + pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0; + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; + }else{ + pHead = 0; + } + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } +} + + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** +** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or +** if the new size is the same as the prior size. +** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not. +*/ +static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ + struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + +#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0 + if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){ + new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht); + } + if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0; +#endif + + /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is + ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the + ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of + ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero() + ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will + ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which + ** may be larger than the requested amount). + */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + if( new_ht==0 ) return 0; + sqlite3_free(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht); + memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size; + next_elem = elem->next; + insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } + return 1; +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. +*/ +static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( + const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const char *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */ + unsigned int h /* The hash for this key. */ +){ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + + if( pH->ht ){ + struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + }else{ + elem = pH->first; + count = pH->count; + } + while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){ + if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; + } + elem = elem->next; + } + return 0; +} + +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void removeElementGivenHash( + Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + unsigned int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; + } + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; + } + if( pH->ht ){ + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; + } + pEntry->count--; + assert( pEntry->count>=0 ); + } + sqlite3_free( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count==0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + sqlite3HashClear(pH); + } +} + +/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){ + HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ + unsigned int h; /* A hash on key */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + assert( pKey!=0 ); + assert( nKey>=0 ); + if( pH->ht ){ + h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; + }else{ + h = 0; + } + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h); + return elem ? elem->data : 0; +} + +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created and NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ + unsigned int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + assert( pKey!=0 ); + assert( nKey>=0 ); + if( pH->htsize ){ + h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; + }else{ + h = 0; + } + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; + elem->pKey = pKey; + assert(nKey==elem->nKey); + } + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + new_elem->pKey = pKey; + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + new_elem->data = data; + pH->count++; + if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){ + if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){ + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; + } + } + if( pH->ht ){ + insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + }else{ + insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem); + } + return 0; +} + +/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X +#else +# define OpHelp(X) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ + static const char *const azName[] = { "?", + /* 1 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 2 */ "Savepoint" OpHelp(""), + /* 3 */ "AutoCommit" OpHelp(""), + /* 4 */ "Transaction" OpHelp(""), + /* 5 */ "SorterNext" OpHelp(""), + /* 6 */ "PrevIfOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 7 */ "NextIfOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 8 */ "Prev" OpHelp(""), + /* 9 */ "Next" OpHelp(""), + /* 10 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 11 */ "Checkpoint" OpHelp(""), + /* 12 */ "JournalMode" OpHelp(""), + /* 13 */ "Vacuum" OpHelp(""), + /* 14 */ "VFilter" OpHelp("iPlan=r[P3] zPlan='P4'"), + /* 15 */ "VUpdate" OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"), + /* 16 */ "Goto" OpHelp(""), + /* 17 */ "Gosub" OpHelp(""), + /* 18 */ "Return" OpHelp(""), + /* 19 */ "Not" OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"), + /* 20 */ "Yield" OpHelp(""), + /* 21 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3] null then halt"), + /* 22 */ "Halt" OpHelp(""), + /* 23 */ "Integer" OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"), + /* 24 */ "Int64" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), + /* 25 */ "String" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"), + /* 26 */ "Null" OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"), + /* 27 */ "Blob" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"), + /* 28 */ "Variable" OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"), + /* 29 */ "Move" OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"), + /* 30 */ "Copy" OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"), + /* 31 */ "SCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"), + /* 32 */ "ResultRow" OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"), + /* 33 */ "CollSeq" OpHelp(""), + /* 34 */ "AddImm" OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"), + /* 35 */ "MustBeInt" OpHelp(""), + /* 36 */ "RealAffinity" OpHelp(""), + /* 37 */ "Permutation" OpHelp(""), + /* 38 */ "Compare" OpHelp(""), + /* 39 */ "Jump" OpHelp(""), + /* 40 */ "Once" OpHelp(""), + /* 41 */ "If" OpHelp(""), + /* 42 */ "IfNot" OpHelp(""), + /* 43 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"), + /* 44 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"), + /* 45 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"), + /* 46 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"), + /* 47 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""), + /* 48 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""), + /* 49 */ "VerifyCookie" OpHelp(""), + /* 50 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), + /* 51 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), + /* 52 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), + /* 53 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), + /* 54 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 55 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("content in r[P2@P3]"), + /* 56 */ "Close" OpHelp(""), + /* 57 */ "SeekLt" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 58 */ "SeekLe" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 59 */ "SeekGe" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 60 */ "SeekGt" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 61 */ "Seek" OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"), + /* 62 */ "NoConflict" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 63 */ "NotFound" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 64 */ "Found" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 65 */ "NotExists" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"), + /* 66 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 67 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 68 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"), + /* 69 */ "Or" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"), + /* 70 */ "And" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"), + /* 71 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"), + /* 72 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""), + /* 73 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""), + /* 74 */ "IsNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"), + /* 75 */ "NotNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"), + /* 76 */ "Ne" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 77 */ "Eq" OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 78 */ "Gt" OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 79 */ "Le" OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 80 */ "Lt" OpHelp("if r[P1]=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 82 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"), + /* 83 */ "BitAnd" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"), + /* 84 */ "BitOr" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"), + /* 85 */ "ShiftLeft" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1]"), + /* 87 */ "Add" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"), + /* 88 */ "Subtract" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"), + /* 89 */ "Multiply" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"), + /* 90 */ "Divide" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"), + /* 91 */ "Remainder" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"), + /* 92 */ "Concat" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"), + /* 93 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 94 */ "BitNot" OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"), + /* 95 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"), + /* 96 */ "RowKey" OpHelp("r[P2]=key"), + /* 97 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 98 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 99 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), + /* 100 */ "Last" OpHelp(""), + /* 101 */ "SorterSort" OpHelp(""), + /* 102 */ "Sort" OpHelp(""), + /* 103 */ "Rewind" OpHelp(""), + /* 104 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp(""), + /* 105 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), + /* 106 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), + /* 107 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 108 */ "IdxLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 109 */ "IdxGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 110 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 111 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""), + /* 112 */ "CreateIndex" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), + /* 113 */ "CreateTable" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), + /* 114 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""), + /* 115 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""), + /* 116 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""), + /* 117 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""), + /* 118 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""), + /* 119 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""), + /* 120 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"), + /* 121 */ "RowSetRead" OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"), + /* 122 */ "RowSetTest" OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"), + /* 123 */ "Program" OpHelp(""), + /* 124 */ "Param" OpHelp(""), + /* 125 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"), + /* 126 */ "FkIfZero" OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"), + /* 127 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"), + /* 128 */ "IfPos" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"), + /* 129 */ "IfNeg" OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"), + /* 130 */ "IfZero" OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"), + /* 131 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), + /* 132 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"), + /* 133 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""), + /* 134 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""), + /* 135 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"), + /* 136 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""), + /* 137 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""), + /* 138 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 139 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 140 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"), + /* 141 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""), + /* 142 */ "ToText" OpHelp(""), + /* 143 */ "ToBlob" OpHelp(""), + /* 144 */ "ToNumeric" OpHelp(""), + /* 145 */ "ToInt" OpHelp(""), + /* 146 */ "ToReal" OpHelp(""), + /* 147 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""), + /* 148 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""), + /* 149 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""), + /* 150 */ "Trace" OpHelp(""), + /* 151 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""), + /* 152 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""), + }; + return azName[i]; +} +#endif + +/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems +** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. +** +** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. +** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default +** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations +** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply +** skip locking all together. +** +** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various +** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE +** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed +** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. +** +** The layout of divisions is as follows: +** +** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. +** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. +** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): +** + for Posix Advisory Locks +** + for no-op locks +** + for dot-file locks +** + for flock() locking +** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) +** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) +** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. +** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking +** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. +** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. +** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) +** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods +** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ + +/* +** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency +** control: +** +** 1. POSIX locking (the default), +** 2. No locking, +** 3. Dot-file locking, +** 4. flock() locking, +** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), +** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), +** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) +** +** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic +** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem +** where the database is located. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on +** vxworks, or 0 otherwise. +*/ +#ifndef OS_VXWORKS +# if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) +# define OS_VXWORKS 1 +# else +# define OS_VXWORKS 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, these should be no-ops. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +** +** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written +** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so +** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might +** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* +** standard include files. +*/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* #include */ +#include +#include +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +#include +#endif + + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +# include +# if OS_VXWORKS +# include +# include +# else +# include +# include +# endif +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS) +# include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UTIME +# include +#endif + +/* +** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags +*/ +#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1 + +/* +** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define +** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +/* # include */ +# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Default permissions when creating a new file +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 +#endif + +/* +** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum supported path-length. +*/ +#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 + +/* +** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not +** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK +*/ +#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) + +/* Forward references */ +typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ +typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ +typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ +typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ + +/* +** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor +** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following +** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an +** opportunity to either close or reuse it. +*/ +struct UnixUnusedFd { + int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ + int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ + UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */ +}; + +/* +** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix +** VFS implementations. +*/ +typedef struct unixFile unixFile; +struct unixFile { + sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ + int h; /* The file descriptor */ + unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ + unsigned short int ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ + int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ + void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ + const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ + unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ + int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ + void *pMapRegion; /* Memory mapped region */ +#endif +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + int sectorSize; /* Device sector size */ + int deviceCharacteristics; /* Precomputed device characteristics */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) + unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ +#endif +#if OS_VXWORKS + struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the + ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated + ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will + ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction + ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the + ** one described by ticket #3584. + */ + unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ + unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ + unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ + +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that + ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. + */ + char aPadding[32]; +#endif +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: +*/ +#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ +#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ +#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ +#else +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 +#endif +#define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ +#define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */ +#define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */ +#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */ +#define UNIXFILE_WARNED 0x0100 /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */ + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/ +/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to +** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those +** files. +** +** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a +** general purpose header file. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ +#define _OS_COMMON_H_ + +/* +** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG +** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the +** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. +*/ +#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG +# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define OSTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works +** on i486 hardware. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) |